Document:

Form of Lease Agreement dated November 27, 2006

 Exhibit 10.144 
  

 LEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN 
 CRP HOLDINGS V, L.P., 
 AS LANDLORD, AND 
 ENERGYTEC, INC., 
 AS TENANT

 DATED NOVEMBER 27, 2006 
 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER EAST 
 PLANO, TEXAS 
  

  

					
		  		  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 BASIC LEASE INFORMATION 
  

							
	Lease Date:	  	November 27, 2006
		
	Landlord:	  	CRP HOLDINGS V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
		
	Tenant:	  	ENERGYTEC, INC., a Nevada corporation
		
	Premises:	  	Suite No. 270-E, containing 4,009 rentable square feet, in the office building commonly known as Preston Park Financial Center East (the “Building”), and
whose street address is 4965 Preston Park Boulevard, Plano, Texas 75093. The Premises are outlined on the plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit A. The term “Project” shall collectively refer to the Building, the
land on which the Building is located and the driveways, parking facilities, and similar improvements and easements associated with the foregoing or the operation thereof. The term “Complex” means the office building complex
commonly known as Preston Park Financial Center East and West, which is comprised of the Building and the adjacent office building commonly known as Preston Park Financial Center West (“Preston Park Financial Center West”),
the land on which the Complex is located, and the driveways, parking facilities and similar improvements and easements associated with the foregoing or the operation thereof. The land on which the Complex is located (the
“Land”) is described on Exhibit B.
		
	Term:	  	64 full calendar months, plus any partial month from the Rent Commencement Date to the end of the month in which the Rent Commencement Date falls, starting on the Rent Commencement
Date and ending at 5:00 p.m. local time on the last day of the 64th full calendar month following the Rent
Commencement Date, subject to adjustment and earlier termination as provided in the Lease.
		
	Lease Commencement Date:	  	The date of this Lease.
		
	Rent Commencement Date:	  	The earliest of (a) the date on which Tenant occupies any portion of the Premises and begins conducting business therein, (b) the date on which the Work (as defined in
Exhibit D hereto) in the Premises is Substantially Completed (as defined in Exhibit D hereto), or (c) the date on which the Work in the Premises would have been Substantially Completed but for the occurrence of any Tenant Delay
Days (as defined in Exhibit D hereto).
		
	Basic Rent:	  	Subject to the conditional abatement of Basic Rent set forth on Exhibit I hereto, Basic Rent shall be the following amounts for the following periods of time:
				
	 	  	 Lease Months
	  	 Annual Basic Rent Rate Per
Rentable Square Foot in
the
Premises
	  	 Monthly Basic Rent

		  	1 – 24	  	$21.50	  	$7,182.79
		  	25 – 48	  	$22.00	  	$7,349.83
		  	49 – 64	  	$22.50	  	$7,516.88
		
		  	As used herein, the term “Lease Month” means each calendar month during the Term (and if the Rent Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a
calendar month, the period from the Rent Commencement Date to the first day of the next calendar month shall be included in the first Lease Month for purposes of determining the duration of the Term and the monthly Basic Rent rate applicable for
such partial month).
		
	Security Deposit:	  	$7,516.88.
		
	Rent:	  	Basic Rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes and Electrical Costs, Tenant’s share of Additional Rent, and all other sums that Tenant may owe to Landlord or otherwise
be required to pay under the Lease.
		
	Permitted Use:	  	General office use.
		
	Tenant’s Proportionate Share:	  	1.114%, which is the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the number of rentable square feet in the Premises as stated above by (b) the 359,750 rentable square feet in the
Complex. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may elect at any time, and from time to time, to determine Operating Costs, Taxes and Electrical Costs by accounting for the Building and Preston Park Financial Center West separately, whereby
(1) Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be 2.286%, which is the percentage obtained by dividing (A) the rentable square feet of area in the Premises as stated above by (B) the number of rentable square feet in the Building
(175,341), (2) each reference in Section 4 of this Lease to the Complex shall be deemed to be a reference to the Project only, and (3) to the extent the Building and Preston Park Financial Center West are operated as one complex, any
Operating Costs, Electrical Costs or Taxes that are allocable to both the Building and Preston Park Financial Center West may be prorated among the buildings based upon the number of rentable square feet in

  

					
		  	i	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

					
		  	the Building and in Preston Park Financial Center West (including snowplowing charges, landscaping fees and, if applicable, Taxes). Additionally, if any Operating Costs are
reasonably allocated by Landlord between the Building and Preston Park Financial Center West (including management office overhead charges), such Operating Costs shall be prorated among the buildings as provided above. Landlord and Tenant stipulate
that the number of rentable square feet in the Premises, the Building and the Complex set forth above is conclusive and shall be binding upon them.
		
	Expense Stop:	  	Operating Costs for the calendar year 2007 (grossed up as provided in Section 4(b)(6) of the Lease).
		
	Base Tax Year:	  	The calendar year 2007.
		
	Initial Liability Insurance Amount:	  	$3,000,000
			
	Tenant’s Address:	  	 Prior to Rent Commencement Date:
 EnergyTec,
Inc.
 14785 Preston Road, Suite S-550
 Dallas, Texas
75254-7876
 Attention: Dorothea Krempein
 Telephone:
972.789.5134
 Telecopy: 972.789.5138
	  	 Following Rent Commencement Date: EnergyTec, Inc.
 4965
Preston Park Boulevard, Suite 270-E Plano, Texas 75093
 Attention: [To be determined pursuant to Exhibit E hereto.]
 Telephone: [To be determined pursuant to Exhibit E hereto.]
 Telecopy:
[To be determined pursuant to Exhibit E hereto.]

			
	Landlord’s Address:	  	 For all Notices:
 CRP Holdings V, L.P.
 c/o CAPSTAR Commercial Real Estate Services, Ltd.
 4975 Preston Park
Boulevard, Suite 15
 Plano, Texas 75093
 Attention: Property
Manager
 Telephone: 972.985.4000
 Telecopy:
972.985.4083
	  	 With a copy to:
 CRP Holdings V, L.P.
 c/o Colony Realty Partners
 One International Place
 Boston, Massachusetts 02110
 Attention: Henry G. Brauer
 Telephone: 617.235.6300
 Telecopy: 617.235.6399

  

					
		  	ii	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease identified above. If any conflict
exists between any Basic Lease Information and the Lease, then the Lease shall control. 
  

									
	LANDLORD:	 	CRP HOLDINGS V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
			
		 	By:	 	CRP Holdings GP-V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	/s/ Henry G. Brauer
		 		 		 		 	Henry G. Brauer, Executive Vice President
		
	TENANT:	 	ENERGYTEC, INC., a Nevada corporation
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	/s/ Dorothea Krempein
		 		 		 		 	Dorothea Krempein, Chief Financial Officer

  

					
		  	iii	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	 	  	Page No.
			
	 1.
	 	DEFINITIONS AND BASIC PROVISIONS	  	1
			
	 2.
	 	LEASE GRANT	  	1
			
	 3.
	 	 TENDER OF POSSESSION
	  	1
			
	 4.
	 	 RENT
	  	1
		 	 (a)
	  	Payment	  	1
		 	 (b)
	  	Operating Costs; Taxes; Electrical Costs	  	2
			
	 5.
	 	 DELINQUENT PAYMENT; HANDLING CHARGES
	  	4
			
	 6.
	 	 SECURITY DEPOSIT
	  	4
			
	 7.
	 	 LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS
	  	4
		 	 (a)
	  	Services	  	4
		 	 (b)
	  	Excess Utility Use	  	4
		 	 (c)
	  	Restoration of Services; Abatement	  	5
			
	 8.
	 	IMPROVEMENTS; ALTERATIONS; REPAIRS; MAINTENANCE	  	5
		 	 (a)
	  	Improvements; Alterations	  	5
		 	 (b)
	  	Repairs; Maintenance	  	5
		 	 (c)
	  	Performance of Work	  	6
		 	 (d)
	  	Mechanic’s Liens	  	6
			
	 9.
	 	USE	  	6
			
	 10.
	 	ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING	  	7
		 	 (a)
	  	Transfers	  	7
		 	 (b)
	  	Consent Standards	  	7
		 	 (c)
	  	Request for Consent	  	7
		 	 (d)
	  	Conditions to Consent	  	7
		 	 (e)
	  	Attornment by Subtenants	  	8
		 	 (f)
	  	Cancellation	  	8
		 	 (g)
	  	Additional Compensation	  	8
		 	 (h)
	  	Permitted Transfers	  	8
		 	 (i)
	  	Exclusive Use	  	9
			
	 11.
	 	INSURANCE; WAIVERS; SUBROGATION; INDEMNITY	  	9
		 	 (a)
	  	Tenant’s Insurance	  	9
		 	 (b)
	  	Landlord’s Insurance	  	10
		 	 (c)
	  	No Subrogation; Waiver of Property Claims	  	10
		 	 (d)
	  	Indemnity	  	10
			
	 12.
	 	SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT; NOTICE TO LANDLORD’S MORTGAGEE	  	11
		 	 (a)
	  	Subordination	  	11
		 	 (b)
	  	Attornment	  	11
		 	 (c)
	  	Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee	  	11
		 	 (d)
	  	Landlord’s Mortgagee’s Protection Provisions	  	11
			
	 13.
	 	RULES AND REGULATIONS	  	12
			
	 14.
	 	CONDEMNATION	  	12
		 	 (a)
	  	Total Taking	  	12
		 	 (b)
	  	Partial Taking - Tenant’s Rights	  	12
		 	 (c)
	  	Partial Taking - Landlord’s Rights	  	12
		 	 (d)
	  	Temporary Taking	  	12
		 	 (e)
	  	Award	  	12

  

					
		  	iv	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

							
	 15.
	 	FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY	  	13
		 	(a)	  	Repair Estimate	  	13
		 	(b)	  	Tenant’s Rights	  	13
		 	(c)	  	Landlord’s Rights	  	13
		 	(d)	  	Repair Obligation	  	13
		 	(e)	  	Abatement of Rent	  	13
			
	 16.
	 	PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES	  	13
			
	 17.
	 	EVENTS OF DEFAULT	  	13
		 	(a)	  	Payment Default	  	13
		 	(b)	  	Abandonment	  	14
		 	(c)	  	Estoppel	  	14
		 	(d)	  	Insurance	  	14
		 	(e)	  	Mechanic’s Liens	  	14
		 	(f)	  	Other Defaults	  	14
		 	(g)	  	Insolvency	  	14
			
	 18.
	 	REMEDIES	  	14
		 	(a)	  	Termination of Lease	  	14
		 	(b)	  	Termination of Possession	  	14
		 	(c)	  	Perform Acts on Behalf of Tenant	  	15
		 	(d)	  	Suspension of Services	  	15
		 	(e)	  	Alteration of Locks	  	15
			
	 19.
	 	PAYMENT BY TENANT; NON-WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.	  	15
		 	(a)	  	Payment by Tenant	  	15
		 	(b)	  	No Waiver	  	15
		 	(c)	  	Cumulative Remedies	  	15
			
	 20.
	 	LANDLORD’S LIEN	  	16
			
	 21.
	 	SURRENDER OF PREMISES	  	16
			
	 22.
	 	HOLDING OVER	  	16
			
	 23.
	 	CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD	  	17
		 	(a)	  	Building Operations	  	17
		 	(b)	  	Security	  	17
		 	(c)	  	Prospective Purchasers and Lenders	  	17
		 	(d)	  	Prospective Tenants	  	17
			
	 24.
	 	SUBSTITUTION SPACE	  	17
			
	 25.
	 	MISCELLANEOUS	  	17
		 	(a)	  	Landlord Transfer	  	17
		 	(b)	  	Landlord’s Liability	  	18
		 	(c)	  	Force Majeure	  	18
		 	(d)	  	Brokerage	  	18
		 	(e)	  	Estoppel Certificates	  	18
		 	(f)	  	Notices	  	18
		 	(g)	  	Separability	  	18
		 	(h)	  	Amendments; Binding Effect; No Electronic Records	  	18
		 	(i)	  	Quiet Enjoyment	  	19
		 	(j)	  	No Merger	  	19
		 	(k)	  	No Offer	  	19
		 	(l)	  	Entire Agreement	  	19
		 	(m)	  	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	19
		 	(n)	  	Governing Law	  	19
		 	(o)	  	Recording	  	19

  

					
		  	v	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

							
		 	(p)	  	Water or Mold Notification	  	19
		 	(q)	  	Joint and Several Liability	  	19
		 	(r)	  	Financial Reports	  	20
		 	(s)	  	Landlord’s Fees	  	20
		 	(t)	  	Telecommunications	  	20
		 	(u)	  	Confidentiality	  	20
		 	(v)	  	Authority	  	20
		 	(w)	  	Hazardous Materials	  	21
		 	(x)	  	List of Exhibits	  	21
		 	(y)	  	Determination of Charges	  	21
		 	(z)	  	Prohibited Persons and Transactions	  	21
			
	 26.
	 	OTHER PROVISIONS.	  	21
		 	(a)	  	Shared Conference Room	  	21
		 	(b)	  	Exercise Facility	  	22
			
	 27.
	 	TEMPORARY SPACE.	  	22
		 	(a)	  	Lease Grant; Term; Acceptance; Insurance	  	22
		 	(b)	  	Basic Rent; Additional Rent; Tenant’s Proportionate Share	  	22
		 	(c)	  	Landlord’s Right to Relocate	  	22
		 	(d)	  	Surrender of Temporary Space Upon Commencement Date	  	22

  

					
		  	vi	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 LIST OF DEFINED TERMS 
  

			
	 	  	Page No.
	 Additional Rent
	  	2
	 Affiliate
	  	1
	 Architect
	  	D-1
	 Base Tax Year
	  	ii
	 Basic Lease Information
	  	1
	 Basic Rent
	  	i
	 Building
	  	i
	 Building’s Structure
	  	1
	 Building’s Systems
	  	1
	 Casualty
	  	12
	 Collateral
	  	16
	 Complex
	  	i
	 Conference Room
	  	21
	 Construction Allowance
	  	D-3
	 Damage Notice
	  	12
	 Default Rate
	  	4
	 Disabilities Acts
	  	6
	 Electrical Costs
	  	3
	 Estimated Delivery Date
	  	1
	 Event of Default
	  	13
	 Expense Stop
	  	ii
	 Fitness Center
	  	21
	 GAAP
	  	9
	 Hazardous Materials
	  	20
	 HVAC
	  	4
	 including
	  	1
	 Initial Liability Insurance Amount
	  	ii
	 Land
	  	i
	 Landlord
	  	1
	 Landlord’s Mortgagee
	  	11
	 Law
	  	1
	 Laws
	  	1
	 Lease
	  	1
	 Lease Month
	  	i
	 Loss
	  	10
	 Mortgage
	  	11
	 Move-Out Date
	  	22
	 OFAC
	  	21
	 Operating Costs
	  	2
	 Operating Costs and Tax Statement
	  	3
	 Parking Area
	  	G-1
	 Permitted Transfer
	  	8
	 Permitted Transferee
	  	8
	 Permitted Use
	  	i
	 Premises
	  	i
	 Preston Park Financial Center West
	  	i
	 Primary Lease
	  	11
	 Project
	  	i
	 Refusal Notice
	  	H-1
	 Refusal Space
	  	H-1
	 Rent
	  	i
	 Rent Commencement Date
	  	i

  

					
		  	vii	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

			
	 Repair Period
	  	13
	 Security Deposit
	  	i
	 Space Plans
	  	D-1
	 Substantial Completion
	  	D-3
	 Substantially Completed
	  	D-3
	 Taking
	  	12
	 Tangible Net Worth
	  	9
	 Taxes
	  	3
	 Telecommunications Services
	  	20
	 Temporary Space
	  	22
	 Temporary Space Term
	  	22
	 Tenant
	  	1
	 Tenant Delay Day
	  	D-2
	 Tenant Party
	  	1
	 Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment
	  	1
	 Tenant’s Proportionate Share
	  	ii
	 Term
	  	i
	 Third Party Offer
	  	H-1
	 Total Construction Costs
	  	D-3
	 Transfer
	  	7
	 UCC
	  	16
	 Work
	  	D-2
	 Working Drawings
	  	D-2

  

					
		  	viii	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 LEASE 
 This Lease Agreement (this “Lease”) is entered into as of November 27, 2006, between CRP HOLDINGS V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”),
and ENERGYTEC, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Tenant”). 
 1. Definitions and Basic Provisions.
The definitions and basic provisions set forth in the Basic Lease Information (the “Basic Lease Information”) executed by Landlord and Tenant contemporaneously herewith are incorporated herein by reference for all purposes.
Additionally, the following terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Lease: “Affiliate” means any person or entity which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled
by, or is under common control with the party in question; “Building’s Structure” means the Building’s exterior walls, roof, elevator shafts, footings, foundations, structural portions of load-bearing walls,
structural floors and subfloors, and structural columns and beams; “Building’s Systems” means the Building’s HVAC, life-safety, plumbing, electrical, and mechanical systems; “including” means
including, without limitation; “Laws” means all federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, all court orders, governmental directives, and governmental orders and all interpretations of the foregoing,
and all restrictive covenants affecting the Project, and “Law” means any of the foregoing; “Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment” means any of Tenant’s equipment or other property that may be
located on or about the Project (other than inside the Premises); and “Tenant Party” means any of the following persons: Tenant; any assignees claiming by, through, or under Tenant; any subtenants claiming by, through, or
under Tenant; and any of their respective agents, contractors, employees, licensees, guests and invitees. 
 2. Lease Grant.
Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Premises. 
 3. Tender of
Possession. Landlord and Tenant presently anticipate that possession of the Premises will be tendered to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease on or about February 1, 2007 (the “Estimated Delivery
Date”). If Landlord is unable to tender possession of the Premises in such condition to Tenant by the Estimated Delivery Date, then (a) the validity of this Lease shall not be affected or impaired thereby, (b) Landlord shall
not be in default hereunder or be liable for damages therefor, and (c) Tenant shall accept possession of the Premises when Landlord tenders possession thereof to Tenant. By occupying the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the
Premises in their condition as of the date of such occupancy, subject to the performance of punch-list items that remain to be performed by Landlord, if any. Prior to occupying the Premises, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a letter
substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto confirming (1) the Rent Commencement Date and the expiration date of the initial Term, (2) that Tenant has accepted the Premises, and (3) that Landlord has performed all of its
obligations with respect to the Premises (except for punch-list items specified in such letter); however, the failure of the parties to execute such letter shall not defer the Rent Commencement Date or otherwise invalidate this Lease. Occupancy of
the Premises by Tenant prior to the Rent Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Lease excepting only those requiring the payment of Basic Rent, Additional Rent, Taxes and Electrical Costs (each as defined herein).

 4. Rent. 
 (a) Payment. Tenant shall timely pay to Landlord Rent, without notice, demand, deduction or set off (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), by good and sufficient check drawn on a national
banking association at Landlord’s address provided for in this Lease or as otherwise specified by Landlord and shall be accompanied by all applicable state and local sales or use taxes. The obligations of Tenant to pay Basic Rent and other sums
to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Basic Rent, adjusted as herein provided, shall be payable monthly in advance. The first monthly installment of Basic Rent shall be payable contemporaneously
with the execution of this Lease; thereafter, Basic Rent shall be payable on the first day of each month beginning on the first day of the second full calendar month of the Term. The monthly Basic Rent for any partial month at the beginning of the
Term shall equal the product of 1/365 of the annual Basic Rent in effect during the partial month and the number of days in the partial month and shall be due on the Rent Commencement Date. 

  

					
		  	 1
	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
Payments of Basic Rent for any fractional calendar month at the end of the Term shall be similarly prorated. Tenant shall pay Additional Rent at the same
time and in the same manner as Basic Rent. 
 (b) Operating Costs; Taxes; Electrical Costs. 
 (1) Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount (per each rentable square foot in the Premises) (“Additional Rent”) by
which the annual Operating Costs (defined below) per rentable square foot in the Complex exceed the Expense Stop (per rentable square foot in the Complex). Landlord may make a good faith estimate of the Additional Rent to be due by Tenant for any
calendar year or part thereof during the Term. During each calendar year or partial calendar year of the Term (after the base year, if the Expense Stop is calculated on a base year basis), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in advance concurrently with
each monthly installment of Basic Rent, an amount equal to the estimated Additional Rent for such calendar year or part thereof divided by the number of months therein. From time to time, Landlord may estimate and re-estimate the Additional Rent to
be due by Tenant and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to Tenant. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Additional Rent payable by Tenant shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations so that, by the end of the
calendar year in question, Tenant shall have paid all of the Additional Rent as estimated by Landlord. Any amounts paid based on such an estimate shall be subject to adjustment as herein provided when actual Operating Costs are available for each
calendar year. 
 (2) The term “Operating Costs” means all expenses and disbursements (subject to the
limitations set forth below) that Landlord incurs in connection with the ownership, operation, and maintenance of the Complex, determined in accordance with sound accounting principles consistently applied, including the following costs:
(A) wages and salaries of all on-site employees at or below the grade of senior building manager engaged in the operation, maintenance or security of the Complex (together with Landlord’s reasonable allocation of expenses of off-site
employees at or below the grade of senior building manager who perform a portion of their services in connection with the operation, maintenance or security of the Complex), including taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto; (B) all
supplies and materials used in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and security of the Complex; (C) costs for improvements made to the Complex which, although capital in nature, are expected to reduce the normal operating costs
(including all utility costs) of the Complex, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the time period reasonably estimated by Landlord to recover the costs thereof taking into consideration the anticipated cost savings, as
determined by Landlord using its good faith, commercially reasonable judgment, as well as capital improvements made in order to comply with any Law hereafter promulgated by any governmental authority or any interpretation hereafter rendered with
respect to any existing Law, as amortized using a commercially reasonable interest rate over the useful economic life of such improvements as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion; (D) cost of all utilities, except Electrical
Costs and the cost of other utilities reimbursable to Landlord by the Complex’s tenants other than pursuant to a provision similar to this Section 4(b); (E) insurance expenses; (F) repairs, replacements, and general maintenance
of the Complex; (G) fair market rental and other costs with respect to the management office for the Complex; and (H) service, maintenance and management contracts with independent contractors for the operation, maintenance, management,
repair, replacement, or security of the Complex (including alarm service, window cleaning, and elevator maintenance). 
 Operating Costs shall
not include costs for (i) capital improvements made to the Complex, other than capital improvements described in Section 4(b)(2)(C) and except for items which are generally considered maintenance and repair items, such as painting of
common areas, replacement of carpet in elevator lobbies, and the like; (ii) repair, replacements and general maintenance paid by proceeds of insurance or by Tenant or other third parties; (iii) interest, amortization or other payments on
loans to Landlord; (iv) depreciation; (v) leasing commissions; (vi) legal expenses for services, other than those that benefit the Complex tenants generally (e.g., tax disputes); (vii) renovating or otherwise improving space for
occupants of the Complex or vacant space in the Complex; (viii) Taxes; and (ix) federal income taxes imposed on or measured by the income of Landlord from the operation of the Complex. If the Expense Stop is calculated on a base year
basis, 

  

					
		  	2	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
Operating Costs for the base year only shall not include costs incurred due to extraordinary circumstances, including market-wide labor rate increases due to
boycotts and strikes; utility rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including conservation surcharges, boycotts, embargos or other shortages; insurance deductibles; or amortized costs relating to capital improvements. 
 (3) Tenant shall also pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any increase in Taxes for each year and partial year falling within the
Term over the Taxes for the Base Tax Year. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes in the same manner as provided above for Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs. “Taxes” means taxes,
assessments, and governmental charges or fees whether federal, state, county or municipal, and whether they be by taxing districts or authorities presently taxing or by others, subsequently created or otherwise, and any other taxes and assessments
(including non-governmental assessments for common charges under a restrictive covenant or other private agreement that are not treated as part of Operating Costs) now or hereafter attributable to the Complex (or its operation), excluding, however,
penalties and interest thereon and federal and state taxes on income (if the present method of taxation changes so that in lieu of or in addition to the whole or any part of any Taxes, there is levied on Landlord a capital tax directly on the rents
received therefrom or a franchise tax, assessment, or charge based, in whole or in part, upon such rents for the Complex, then all such taxes, assessments, or charges, or the part thereof so based, shall be deemed to be included within the term
“Taxes” for purposes hereof). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Taxes shall include the Texas franchise tax and/or any other business tax imposed under Texas Tax Code Chapter 171 and/or any successor
statutory provision for reports due under any such provision. Taxes shall include the costs of consultants retained in an effort to lower taxes and all costs incurred in disputing any taxes or in seeking to lower the tax valuation of the Complex.
For property tax purposes, Tenant waives all rights to protest or appeal the appraised value of the Premises, as well as the Complex, and all rights to receive notices of reappraisement as set forth in Sections 41.413 and 42.015 of the Texas
Tax Code. 
 (4) Tenant shall also pay to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the cost of all electricity used by
the Complex (“Electrical Costs”). Such amount shall be payable in monthly installments on the Rent Commencement Date and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter. Each installment shall be based on Landlord’s
estimate of the amount due for each month. From time to time during any calendar year, Landlord may estimate or re-estimate the Electrical Costs to be due by Tenant for that calendar year and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to Tenant.
Thereafter, the monthly installments of Electrical Costs payable by Tenant shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations. 
 (5) By April 1 of each calendar year, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement of Operating Costs and Electrical Costs for the previous year, in each case adjusted as
provided in Section 4(b)(6), and of the Taxes for the previous year (the “Operating Costs and Tax Statement”). If Tenant’s estimated payments of Operating Costs, Electrical Costs or Taxes under this
Section 4(b) for the year covered by the Operating Costs and Tax Statement exceed Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such items as indicated in the Operating Costs and Tax Statement, then Landlord shall promptly credit or reimburse Tenant for
such excess; likewise, if Tenant’s estimated payments of Operating Costs, Electrical Costs or Taxes under this Section 4(b) for such year are less than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such items as indicated in the Operating Costs and
Tax Statement, then Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord such deficiency. 
 (6) With respect to any calendar year or partial
calendar year in which the Complex is not occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof, or Landlord is not supplying services to 95% of the rentable area thereof, the Operating Costs and Electrical Costs for such period which vary with
the occupancy of the Building shall, for the purposes hereof, be increased to the amount which would have been incurred had the Complex been occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof and Landlord had been supplying services to 95%
of the rentable area thereof. 
  

					
		  	3	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 5. Delinquent Payment; Handling Charges. All past due payments required of Tenant hereunder
shall bear interest from the date due until paid at the lesser of eighteen percent per annum or the maximum lawful rate of interest (such lesser amount is referred to herein as the “Default Rate”); additionally, Landlord, in
addition to all other rights and remedies available to it, may charge Tenant a fee equal to five percent of the delinquent payment to reimburse Landlord for its cost and inconvenience incurred as a consequence of Tenant’s delinquency. In no
event, however, shall the charges permitted under this Section 5 or elsewhere in this Lease, to the extent they are considered to be interest under applicable Law, exceed the maximum lawful rate of interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
late fee referenced above shall not be charged with respect to the first occurrence (but not any subsequent occurrence) during any 12-month period that Tenant fails to make payment when due, until five days after Landlord delivers written notice of
such delinquency to Tenant. 
 6. Security Deposit. Contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord the Security Deposit, which shall be held by Landlord to secure Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or a measure or limit of Landlord’s damages upon an
Event of Default (as defined herein). Landlord may, from time to time following an Event of Default and without prejudice to any other remedy, use all or a part of the Security Deposit to perform any obligation Tenant fails to perform hereunder.
Following any such application of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Provided that Tenant has performed all of its obligations
hereunder, Landlord shall, within 60 days after the expiration of the Term and Tenant’s surrender of the Premises in compliance with the provisions of this Lease, return to Tenant the portion of the Security Deposit which was not applied to
satisfy Tenant’s obligations. The Security Deposit may be commingled with other funds, and no interest shall be paid thereon. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises and the transferee assumes Landlord’s obligations under this
Lease, then Landlord may assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and Landlord thereafter shall have no further liability for the return of the Security Deposit. The rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Section 6 are
subject to any other requirements and conditions imposed by Laws applicable to the Security Deposit. 
 7. Landlord’s
Obligations. 
 (a) Services. Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish to Tenant:
(1) water at those points of supply provided for general use of tenants of the Building; (2) heated and refrigerated air conditioning (“HVAC”) as appropriate, at such temperatures and in such amounts as are standard
for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building; (3) janitorial service to the Premises on weekdays, other than holidays, for Building-standard installations and such window washing as may from time to time be reasonably required;
(4) elevators for ingress and egress to the floor on which the Premises are located, in common with other tenants, provided that Landlord may reasonably limit the number of operating elevators during non-business hours and holidays; and
(5) electrical current during normal business hours for equipment that does not require more than 110 volts and whose electrical energy consumption does not exceed normal office usage. Landlord shall maintain the common areas of the Building in
reasonably good order and condition, except for damage caused by a Tenant Party. If Tenant desires any of the services specified in Section 7(a)(2): (A) at any time other than between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on weekdays and between 8:00
a.m. and 1:00 p.m. on Saturday (in each case other than holidays), or (B) on Sunday or holidays, then such services shall be supplied to Tenant upon the written request of Tenant delivered to Landlord before 3:00 p.m. on the business day
preceding such extra usage, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such services within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. The costs incurred by Landlord in providing after-hour HVAC service to Tenant shall
include costs for electricity, water, sewage, water treatment, labor, metering, filtering, and maintenance reasonably allocated by Landlord to providing such service. 
 (b) Excess Utility Use. Landlord shall not be required to furnish electrical current for equipment that requires more than
110 volts or other equipment whose electrical energy consumption exceeds normal office usage. If Tenant’s requirements for or consumption of electricity exceed the electricity to be provided by Landlord as described in Section 7(a),
Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make reasonable efforts to supply such service through the then-existing feeders and risers serving the Building and the Premises, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such service within 30 days
after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. Landlord 

  

					
		  	4	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
may determine the amount of such additional consumption and potential consumption by any verifiable method, including installation of a separate meter in the
Premises installed, maintained, and read by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall not install any electrical equipment requiring special wiring or requiring voltage in excess of 110 volts unless approved in advance by Landlord, which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall not install any electrical equipment requiring voltage in excess of Building capacity unless approved in advance by Landlord, which approval may be withheld in Landlord’s sole
discretion. The use of electricity in the Premises shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders and risers to or wiring in the Premises. Any risers or wiring required to meet Tenant’s excess electrical requirements shall, upon
Tenant’s written request, be installed by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, if, in Landlord’s judgment, the same are necessary and shall not cause permanent damage to the Building or the Premises, cause or create a dangerous or hazardous
condition, entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs, or expenses, or interfere with or disturb other tenants of the Building. If Tenant uses machines or equipment in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the
air conditioning system or otherwise overload any utility, Landlord may install supplemental air conditioning units or other supplemental equipment in the Premises, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation, use, and
maintenance, in each case plus an administrative fee of 15% of such cost, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant an invoice therefor. 
 (c) Restoration of Services; Abatement. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to restore any service required of it that
becomes unavailable; however, such unavailability shall not render Landlord liable for any damages caused thereby, be a constructive eviction of Tenant, constitute a breach of any implied warranty, or, except as provided in the next sentence,
entitle Tenant to any abatement of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. If, however, Tenant is prevented from using the Premises because of the unavailability of any such service for a period of 25 consecutive business days following Landlord’s
receipt from Tenant of a written notice regarding such unavailability, the restoration of which is within Landlord’s reasonable control, and such unavailability was not caused by a Tenant Party or a governmental directive, then Tenant shall, as
its exclusive remedy be entitled to a reasonable abatement of Rent for each consecutive day (after such 25-day period) that Tenant is so prevented from using the Premises. 
 8. Improvements; Alterations; Repairs; Maintenance. 
 (a) Improvements; Alterations. Improvements to the Premises shall be installed at Tenant’s expense only in accordance
with plans and specifications which have been previously submitted to and approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall be governed by the provisions set forth in this Section 8(a). No alterations or physical additions in or to the
Premises may be made without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; however, Landlord may withhold its consent to any alteration or addition that would adversely affect (in the reasonable
discretion of Landlord) the (1) Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems (including the Building’s restrooms or mechanical rooms), (2) exterior appearance of the Building, (3) appearance of the Building’s
common areas or elevator lobby areas, or (4) provision of services to other occupants of the Building. Tenant shall not paint or install lighting or decorations, signs, window or door lettering, or advertising media of any type visible from the
exterior of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. All alterations, additions, and improvements shall be constructed, maintained, and used by Tenant,
at its risk and expense, in accordance with all Laws; Landlord’s consent to or approval of any alterations, additions or improvements (or the plans therefor) shall not constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord, nor Landlord’s
acceptance, that the same comply with sound architectural and/or engineering practices or with all applicable Laws, and Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring all such compliance. 
 (b) Repairs; Maintenance. Tenant shall maintain the Premises in a clean, safe, and operable condition, and shall not permit
or allow to remain any waste or damage to any portion of the Premises. Additionally, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition and in accordance with all Laws and the equipment manufacturer’s suggested
service programs, all portions of the Premises, Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment and all areas, improvements and systems exclusively serving the Premises. Tenant shall repair or replace, subject to Landlord’s direction and supervision, any
damage to the Building caused by a Tenant Party. If Tenant fails to make such repairs or replacements within 15 days after the occurrence of such damage, then Landlord may make the 

  

					
		  	5	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
same at Tenant’s cost. If any such damage occurs outside of the Premises, then Landlord may elect to repair such damage at Tenant’s expense, rather
than having Tenant repair such damage. The cost of all maintenance, repair or replacement work performed by Landlord under this Section 8 shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 30 days after Landlord has invoiced Tenant therefor.

 (c) Performance of Work. All work described in this Section 8 shall be performed only by Landlord or by
contractors and subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall cause all contractors and subcontractors to procure and maintain insurance coverage naming Landlord, Landlord’s property management company and Landlord’s asset
management company as additional insureds against such risks, in such amounts, and with such companies as Landlord may reasonably require. Tenant shall provide Landlord with the identities, mailing addresses and telephone numbers of all persons
performing work or supplying materials prior to beginning such construction and Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable Laws. All such work shall be performed in accordance with all Laws and
in a good and workmanlike manner so as not to damage the Building (including the Premises, the Building’s Structure and the Building’s Systems). All such work which may affect the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems
must be approved by the Building’s engineer of record, at Tenant’s expense and, at Landlord’s election, must be performed by Landlord’s usual contractor for such work. All work affecting the roof of the Building must be performed
by Landlord’s roofing contractor and no such work will be permitted if it would void or reduce the warranty on the roof. 
 (d) Mechanic’s Liens. All work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or at the request of a Tenant Party shall be deemed authorized and ordered by Tenant only, and Tenant shall not permit any
mechanic’s liens to be filed against the Premises or the Project in connection therewith. Upon completion of any such work, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord final lien waivers from all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen who performed
such work. If such a lien is filed, then Tenant shall, within ten days after Landlord has delivered notice of the filing thereof to Tenant (or such earlier time period as may be necessary to prevent the forfeiture of the Premises, the Project or any
interest of Landlord therein or the imposition of a civil or criminal fine with respect thereto), either (1) pay the amount of the lien and cause the lien to be released of record, or (2) diligently contest such lien and deliver to
Landlord a bond or other security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant fails to timely take either such action, then Landlord may pay the lien claim, and any amounts so paid, including expenses and interest, shall be paid by Tenant to
Landlord within ten days after Landlord has invoiced Tenant therefor. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that their relationship is and shall be solely that of “landlord-tenant” (thereby excluding a relationship of
“owner-contractor,” “owner-agent” or other similar relationships). Accordingly, all materialmen, contractors, artisans, mechanics, laborers and any other persons now or hereafter contracting with Tenant, any contractor or
subcontractor of Tenant or any other Tenant Party for the furnishing of any labor, services, materials, supplies or equipment with respect to any portion of the Premises, at any time from the date hereof until the end of the Term, are hereby charged
with notice that they look exclusively to Tenant to obtain payment for same. Nothing herein shall be deemed a consent by Landlord to any liens being placed upon the Premises, the Project or Landlord’s interest therein due to any work performed
by or for Tenant or deemed to give any contractor or subcontractor or materialman any right or interest in any funds held by Landlord to reimburse Tenant for any portion of the cost of such work. Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless
Landlord and its agents and representatives from and against all claims, demands, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) in any way arising from or relating to the failure by any Tenant Party to pay
for any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or at the request of a Tenant Party. This indemnity provision shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease. 
 9. Use. Tenant shall continuously occupy and use the Premises only for the Permitted Use and shall comply with all Laws relating to the
use, condition, access to, and occupancy of the Premises and will not commit waste, overload the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems or subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises. The population density within
the Premises as a whole shall at no time exceed one person for each 300 rentable square feet in the Premises. Tenant shall not conduct second or third shift operations within the Premises; however, Tenant may use the Premises after normal business
hours, so long as Tenant is not generally conducting business from the Premises after normal business hours. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, as between Landlord and Tenant, (a) Tenant shall bear the risk of complying
with Title III of the Americans With 

  

					
		  	6	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
Disabilities Act of 1990, any state laws governing handicapped access or architectural barriers, and all rules, regulations, and guidelines promulgated under
such laws, as amended from time to time (the “Disabilities Acts”) in the Premises, and (b) Landlord shall bear the risk of complying with the Disabilities Acts in the common areas of the Building, other than compliance that
is necessitated by the use of the Premises for other than the Permitted Use or as a result of any alterations or additions, including any initial tenant improvement work, made by or on behalf of a Tenant Party (which risk and responsibility shall be
borne by Tenant). The Premises shall not be used for any use which is disreputable, creates extraordinary fire hazards, or results in an increased rate of insurance on the Building or its contents, or for the storage of any Hazardous Materials
(other than typical office supplies [e.g., photocopier toner] and then only in compliance with all Laws). Tenant shall not use the Premises to conduct as its primary business the retail or discount sale of securities. Tenant shall not use any
substantial portion of the Premises for a “call center,” any other telemarketing use, or any credit processing use. If, because of a Tenant Party’s acts or because Tenant vacates the Premises, the rate of insurance on the Building or
its contents increases, then such acts shall be an Event of Default, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such increase on demand, and acceptance of such payment shall not waive any of Landlord’s other rights. Tenant shall conduct its
business and control each other Tenant Party so as not to create any nuisance or unreasonably interfere with other tenants or Landlord in its management of the Building. 
 10. Assignment and Subletting. 
 (a) Transfers. Except as
provided in Section 10(h), Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, (1) assign, transfer, or encumber this Lease or any estate or interest herein, whether directly or by operation of law, (2) permit any other
entity to become Tenant hereunder by merger, consolidation, or other reorganization, (3) if Tenant is an entity other than a corporation whose stock is publicly traded, permit the transfer of an ownership interest in Tenant so as to result in a
change in the current control of Tenant, (4) sublet any portion of the Premises, (5) grant any license, concession, or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Premises, or (6) permit the use of the Premises by any parties other
than Tenant (any of the events listed in Section 10(a)(1) through 10(a)(6) being a “Transfer”). 
 (b) Consent Standards. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any assignment or subletting of the Premises, provided that the proposed transferee (1) is creditworthy, (2) has a good reputation in the
business community, (3) will use the Premises for the Permitted Use (thus, excluding, without limitation, uses for credit processing and telemarketing) and will not use the Premises in any manner that would conflict with any exclusive use
agreement or other similar agreement entered into by Landlord with any other tenant of the Building or Complex, (4) will not use the Premises, Building or Project in a manner that would materially increase the pedestrian or vehicular traffic to
the Premises, Building or Project, (5) is not a governmental entity, or subdivision or agency thereof, (6) is not another occupant of the Building or Complex, and (7) is not a person or entity with whom Landlord is then, or has been
within the six-month period prior to the time Tenant seeks to enter into such assignment or subletting, negotiating to lease space in the Building or Complex or any Affiliate of any such person or entity; otherwise, Landlord may withhold its consent
in its sole discretion. Additionally, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole discretion to any proposed Transfer if any Event of Default by Tenant then exists. 
 (c) Request for Consent. If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to a Transfer, then, at least 15 business days prior to
the effective date of the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written description of all terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, copies of the proposed documentation, and the following information about the proposed
transferee: name and address; reasonably satisfactory information about its business and business history; its proposed use of the Premises; banking, financial, and other credit information; and general references sufficient to enable Landlord to
determine the proposed transferee’s creditworthiness and character. Concurrently with Tenant’s notice of any request for consent to a Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee of $1,000 to defray Landlord’s expenses in reviewing
such request, and Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord immediately upon request for its reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with considering any request for consent to a Transfer. 
  

					
		  	7	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 (d) Conditions to Consent. If Landlord consents to a proposed Transfer,
then the proposed transferee shall deliver to Landlord a written agreement whereby it expressly assumes Tenant’s obligations hereunder; however, any transferee of less than all of the space in the Premises shall be liable only for obligations
under this Lease that are properly allocable to the space subject to the Transfer for the period of the Transfer. No Transfer shall release Tenant from its obligations under this Lease, but rather Tenant and its transferee shall be jointly and
severally liable therefor. Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s rights as to any subsequent Transfers. If an Event of Default occurs while the Premises or any part thereof are subject to a Transfer, then Landlord,
in addition to its other remedies, may collect directly from such transferee all rents becoming due to Tenant and apply such rents against Rent. Tenant authorizes its transferees to make payments of rent directly to Landlord upon receipt of notice
from Landlord to do so following the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder. Tenant shall pay for the cost of any demising walls or other improvements necessitated by a proposed subletting or assignment. 
 (e) Attornment by Subtenants. Each sublease by Tenant hereunder shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the
matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, and each subtenant by entering into a sublease is deemed to have agreed that in the event of termination, re-entry or dispossession by Landlord under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option,
take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublandlord, under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord
shall not be (1) liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, (2) subject to any counterclaim, offset or defense that such subtenant might have against Tenant, (3) bound by any previous modification of such
sublease not approved by Landlord in writing or by any rent or additional rent or advance rent which such subtenant might have paid for more than the current month to Tenant, and all such rent shall remain due and owing, notwithstanding such advance
payment, (4) bound by any security or advance rental deposit made by such subtenant which is not delivered or paid over to Landlord and with respect to which such subtenant shall look solely to Tenant for refund or reimbursement, or
(5) obligated to perform any work in the subleased space or to prepare it for occupancy, and in connection with such attornment, the subtenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord any instruments Landlord may reasonably request to evidence and
confirm such attornment. Each subtenant or licensee of Tenant shall be deemed, automatically upon and as a condition of its occupying or using the Premises or any part thereof, to have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in this
Section 10(e). The provisions of this Section 10(e) shall be self-operative, and no further instrument shall be required to give effect to this provision. 
 (f) Cancellation. Landlord may, within 30 days after submission of Tenant’s written request for Landlord’s
consent to an assignment or subletting, cancel this Lease as to the portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet or assigned as of the date the proposed Transfer is to be effective. If Landlord cancels this Lease as to any portion of the Premises,
then this Lease shall cease for such portion of the Premises and Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Rent accrued through the cancellation date relating to the portion of the Premises covered by the proposed Transfer. Thereafter, Landlord may lease
such portion of the Premises to the prospective transferee (or to any other person) without liability to Tenant. 
 (g)
Additional Compensation. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, immediately upon receipt thereof, the excess of (1) all compensation received by Tenant for a Transfer less the actual out-of-pocket costs reasonably incurred by Tenant with
unaffiliated third parties (i.e., brokerage commissions and tenant finish work) in connection with such Transfer (such costs shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the Transfer in question) over (2) the Rent allocable to
the portion of the Premises covered thereby. 
 (h) Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding Section 10(a),
Tenant may Transfer all or part of its interest in this Lease or all or part of the Premises (a “Permitted Transfer”) to the following types of entities (a “Permitted Transferee”) without the written
consent of Landlord: 
 (1) an Affiliate of Tenant; 
 (2) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity in which or
with which Tenant, or its corporate successors or assigns, is merged or consolidated, in accordance with applicable statutory provisions governing merger and consolidation of business entities, so long as (A) Tenant’s obligations hereunder
are assumed by the entity surviving such merger or created by such consolidation; and (B) the Tangible Net Worth of the surviving or created entity is not less than the Tangible Net Worth of Tenant as of the date hereof; or 
  

					
		  	8	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 (3) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited
liability company or other business entity acquiring all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets, so long as (A) Tenant’s obligations hereunder are assumed by the entity surviving such merger or created by such consolidation; and
(B) such entity’s Tangible Net Worth after such acquisition is not less than the Tangible Net Worth of Tenant as of the date hereof. 
 Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any such Permitted Transfer. Tenant shall remain liable for the performance of all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder, or if Tenant no longer exists because of a merger, consolidation, or
acquisition, the surviving or acquiring entity shall expressly assume in writing the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Additionally, the Permitted Transferee shall comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the Permitted
Use, and the use of the Premises by the Permitted Transferee may not violate any other agreements affecting the Premises, the Building or the Complex, Landlord or other tenants of the Building or the Complex. No later than 30 days after the
effective date of any Permitted Transfer, Tenant agrees to furnish Landlord with (i) copies of the instrument effecting any of the foregoing Transfers, (ii) documentation establishing Tenant’s satisfaction of the requirements set
forth above applicable to any such Transfer, and (iii) evidence of insurance as required under this Lease with respect to the Permitted Transferee. The occurrence of a Permitted Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s rights as to any
subsequent Transfers. “Tangible Net Worth” means the excess of total assets over total liabilities, in each case as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
(“GAAP”), excluding, however, from the determination of total assets all assets which would be classified as intangible assets under GAAP including goodwill, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, and
franchises. Any subsequent Transfer by a Permitted Transferee shall be subject to the terms of this Section 10. 
 (i)
Exclusive Use. Upon Tenant’s written request therefor, pursuant to a prospective Transfer and no more than once during any 12-month interval during the Term, Landlord shall provide to Tenant a description of all of the exclusive
use and similar agreements then existing between Landlord and the other tenants of the Complex. Tenant acknowledges that as part of an existing exclusive use agreement, Landlord shall not allow any tenant in the Complex to operate a retail or
discount brokerage office that sells securities as its primary business; accordingly, (1) it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to a proposed Transfer to any company that sells retail or discount securities as its
primary business, and (2) Tenant shall not sublease, assign or otherwise Transfer this Lease or any portion of the Premises to any company that sells retail or discount securities as its primary business without the express written consent of
Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. 
 11. Insurance; Waivers; Subrogation;
Indemnity. 
 (a) Tenant’s Insurance. Effective as of the earlier of (1) the date Tenant
enters or occupies the Premises, or (2) the Rent Commencement Date, and continuing throughout the Term, Tenant shall maintain the following insurance policies: (A) commercial general liability insurance in amounts of $3,000,000 per
occurrence or, following the expiration of the initial Term, such other amounts as Landlord may from time to time reasonably require (and, if the use and occupancy of the Premises include any activity or matter that is or may be excluded from
coverage under a commercial general liability policy [e.g., the sale, service or consumption of alcoholic beverages], Tenant shall obtain such endorsements to the commercial general liability policy or otherwise obtain insurance to insure all
liability arising from such activity or matter [including liquor liability, if applicable] in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require), insuring Tenant, Landlord, Landlord’s property management company, Landlord’s asset management
company and, if requested in writing by Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee, against all liability for injury to or death of a person or persons or damage to property arising from the use and occupancy of the Premises and (without implying any
consent by Landlord to the installation thereof) the installation, operation, maintenance, repair or removal of Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment, (B) insurance covering the full value of all alterations and 

  

					
		  	9	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
improvements and betterments in the Premises, naming Landlord and Landlord’s Mortgagee as additional loss payees as their interests may appear,
(C) insurance covering the full value of all furniture, trade fixtures and personal property (including property of Tenant or others) in the Premises or otherwise placed in the Project by or on behalf of a Tenant Party (including Tenant’s
Off-Premises Equipment), (D) contractual liability insurance sufficient to cover Tenant’s indemnity obligations hereunder (but only if such contractual liability insurance is not already included in Tenant’s commercial general
liability insurance policy), (E) worker’s compensation insurance, and (F) business interruption insurance in an amount reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant’s insurance shall provide primary coverage to Landlord when any
policy issued to Landlord provides duplicate or similar coverage, and in such circumstance Landlord’s policy will be excess over Tenant’s policy. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord certificates of such insurance and such other evidence
satisfactory to Landlord of the maintenance of all insurance coverages required hereunder at least ten days prior to the earlier of the Rent Commencement Date or the date Tenant enters or occupies the Premises, and at least 15 days prior to each
renewal of said insurance, and Tenant shall obtain a written obligation on the part of each insurance company to notify Landlord at least 30 days before cancellation or a material change of any such insurance policies. All such insurance policies
shall be in form, and issued by companies reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing insurance requirements or to deliver to Landlord the certificates or evidence of coverage required herein, Landlord, in
addition to any other remedy available pursuant to this Lease or otherwise, may, but shall not be obligated to, obtain such insurance and Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the premium costs thereof, plus an administrative fee of 15% of such
cost. 
 (b) Landlord’s Insurance. Throughout the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall maintain, as a
minimum, the following insurance policies: (1) property insurance for the Building’s replacement value (excluding property required to be insured by Tenant), less a commercially-reasonable deductible if Landlord so chooses, and
(2) commercial general liability insurance in an amount of not less than $3,000,000. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary. The cost of all insurance carried by
Landlord with respect to the Project shall be included in Operating Costs. The foregoing insurance policies and any other insurance carried by Landlord shall be for the sole benefit of Landlord and under Landlord’s sole control, and Tenant
shall have no right or claim to any proceeds thereof or any other rights thereunder. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord’s indemnity obligations under this Lease shall be limited to the extent any such claim is
insured against under the terms of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord (or is required to be maintained by Landlord under the terms of this Lease). 
 (c) No Subrogation; Waiver of Property Claims. Landlord and Tenant each waives any claim it might have against the other for any damage to or theft, destruction, loss, or loss of use of any property, to
the extent the same is insured against under any insurance policy of the types described in this Section 11 that covers the Project, the Premises, Landlord’s or Tenant’s fixtures, personal property, leasehold improvements, or
business, or is required to be insured against under the terms hereof, regardless of whether the negligence of the other party caused such Loss (defined below). Additionally, Tenant waives any claim it may have against Landlord for any Loss
to the extent such Loss is caused by a terrorist act. Each party shall cause its insurance carrier to endorse all applicable policies waiving the carrier’s rights of recovery under subrogation or otherwise against the other party.
Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors shall not be liable to Tenant or to any party claiming by, through or under Tenant for (and Tenant hereby releases Landlord and its
servants, agents, contractors, employees and invitees from any claim or responsibility for) any damage to or destruction, loss, or loss of use, or theft of any property of any Tenant Party located in or about the Project, caused by casualty, theft,
fire, third parties or any other matter or cause, regardless of whether the negligence of any party caused such loss in whole or in part. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not carry insurance on, and shall not be responsible for damage
to, any property of any Tenant Party located in or about the Project. 
 (d) Indemnity. Subject to
Section 11(c), Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord and its representatives and agents from and against all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages, and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees) arising from any injury to or death of any person or the damage to or theft, destruction, loss, or loss of use of, any property or inconvenience (a “Loss”) (1) occurring in or on the Project (other
than within the Premises) to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any Tenant Party, (2) occurring in the Premises, or (3) arising out of the installation, operation, 

  

					
		  	10	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
maintenance, repair or removal of any property of any Tenant Party located in or about the Project, including Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment. It
being agreed that clauses (2) and (3) of this indemnity are intended to indemnify Landlord and its agents against the consequences of their own negligence or fault, even when Landlord or its agents are jointly, comparatively,
contributively, or concurrently negligent with Tenant, and even though any such claim, cause of action or suit is based upon or alleged to be based upon the strict liability of Landlord or its agents; however, such indemnity shall not apply to the
sole or gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and its agents. Subject to Section 11(c), Landlord shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Tenant and its agents from and against all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of
action, suits, judgments, damages, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any Loss arising from any occurrence in or on the Building’s common areas to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord
or its agents. The indemnities set forth in this Lease shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease and shall not terminate or be waived, diminished or affected in any manner by any abatement or apportionment of Rent under any provision of
this Lease. If any proceeding is filed for which indemnity is required hereunder, the indemnifying party agrees, upon request therefor, to defend the indemnified party in such proceeding at its sole cost utilizing counsel satisfactory to the
indemnified party. 
 12. Subordination; Attornment; Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee. 
 (a) Subordination. This Lease shall be subordinate to any deed of trust, mortgage, or other security instrument (each, a
“Mortgage”), or any ground lease, master lease, or primary lease (each, a “Primary Lease”), that now or hereafter covers all or any part of the Premises (the mortgagee under any such Mortgage,
beneficiary under any such deed of trust, or the lessor under any such Primary Lease is referred to herein as a “Landlord’s Mortgagee”). Any Landlord’s Mortgagee may elect, at any time, unilaterally, to make this
Lease superior to its Mortgage, Primary Lease, or other interest in the Premises by so notifying Tenant in writing. The provisions of this Section shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required; however, in
confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord (or such other party designated by Landlord) within ten days after written request therefor such documentation, in recordable form if required, as a Landlord’s
Mortgagee may reasonably request to evidence the subordination of this Lease to such Landlord’s Mortgagee’s Mortgage or Primary Lease (including a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement) or, if the Landlord’s
Mortgagee so elects, the subordination of such Landlord’s Mortgagee’s Mortgage or Primary Lease to this Lease. 
 (b) Attornment. Tenant shall attorn to any party succeeding to Landlord’s interest in the Premises, whether by purchase, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, power of sale, termination of lease, or otherwise, upon
such party’s request, and shall execute such agreements confirming such attornment as such party may reasonably request. 
 (c) Notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee. Tenant shall not seek to enforce any remedy it may have for any default on the part of Landlord without first giving written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested,
specifying the default in reasonable detail, to any Landlord’s Mortgagee whose address has been given to Tenant, and affording such Landlord’s Mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to perform Landlord’s obligations hereunder. 

(d) Landlord’s Mortgagee’s Protection Provisions. If Landlord’s Mortgagee shall succeed to the interest of
Landlord under this Lease, Landlord’s Mortgagee shall not be: (1) liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor (including Landlord); (2) bound by any rent or additional rent or advance rent which Tenant might have paid for more
than the current month to any prior lessor (including Landlord), and all such rent shall remain due and owing, notwithstanding such advance payment; (3) bound by any security or advance rental deposit made by Tenant which is not delivered or
paid over to Landlord’s Mortgagee and with respect to which Tenant shall look solely to Landlord for refund or reimbursement; (4) bound by any termination, amendment or modification of this Lease made without Landlord’s
Mortgagee’s consent and written approval, except for those terminations, amendments and modifications permitted to be made by Landlord without Landlord’s Mortgagee’s consent pursuant to the terms of the loan documents between Landlord
and Landlord’s Mortgagee; (5) subject to the defenses which Tenant might have against any prior lessor (including Landlord); and (6) subject to the offsets which Tenant might have against any prior 

  

					
		  	11	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
lessor (including Landlord) except for those offset rights which (A) are expressly provided in this Lease, (B) relate to periods of time following
the acquisition of the Building by Landlord’s Mortgagee, and (C) Tenant has provided written notice to Landlord’s Mortgagee and provided Landlord’s Mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to cure the event giving rise to such offset
event. Landlord’s Mortgagee shall have no liability or responsibility under or pursuant to the terms of this Lease or otherwise after it ceases to own an interest in the Project. Nothing in this Lease shall be construed to require
Landlord’s Mortgagee to see to the application of the proceeds of any loan, and Tenant’s agreements set forth herein shall not be impaired on account of any modification of the documents evidencing and securing any loan. 
 13. Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Project which are attached hereto as Exhibit C.
Landlord may, from time to time, change such rules and regulations for the safety, care, or cleanliness of the Project and related facilities, provided that such changes are applicable to all tenants of the Project, will not unreasonably interfere
with Tenant’s use of the Premises and are enforced by Landlord in a non-discriminatory manner. Tenant shall be responsible for the compliance with such rules and regulations by each Tenant Party. 
 14. Condemnation. 
 (a) Total Taking. If the entire Building or Premises are taken by right of eminent domain or conveyed in lieu thereof (a “Taking”), this Lease shall terminate as of the date of the Taking. 

(b) Partial Taking - Tenant’s Rights. If any part of the Building becomes subject to a Taking and such Taking will
prevent Tenant from conducting on a permanent basis its business in the Premises in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Taking, then Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the date of such Taking by giving written
notice to Landlord within 30 days after the Taking, and Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such Taking. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease, then Rent shall be abated on a reasonable basis as to that portion of
the Premises rendered untenantable by the Taking. 
 (c) Partial Taking - Landlord’s Rights. If any
material portion, but less than all, of the Building becomes subject to a Taking, or if Landlord is required to pay any of the proceeds arising from a Taking to a Landlord’s Mortgagee, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by delivering
written notice thereof to Tenant within 30 days after such Taking, and Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such Taking. If Landlord does not so terminate this Lease, then this Lease will continue, but if any portion
of the Premises has been taken, Rent shall abate as provided in the last sentence of Section 14(b). 
 (d)
Temporary Taking. If all or any portion of the Premises becomes subject to a Taking for a limited period of time, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Tenant shall continue to perform all of the terms, conditions and
covenants of this Lease, including the payment of Basic Rent and all other amounts required hereunder. If any such temporary Taking terminates prior to the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall restore the Premises as nearly as possible to the
condition prior to such temporary Taking, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award for any such temporary Taking, except that Tenant shall be entitled to receive the portion of such award which
(1) compensates Tenant for its loss of use of the Premises within the Term and (2) reimburses Tenant for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Tenant to restore the Premises as required by this Section. 
 (e) Award. If any Taking occurs, then Landlord shall receive the entire award or other compensation for the Land, the
Building, and other improvements taken; however, Tenant may separately pursue a claim (to the extent it will not reduce Landlord’s award) against the condemnor for the value of Tenant’s personal property which Tenant is entitled to remove
under this Lease, moving costs, loss of business, and other claims it may have. 
  

					
		  	12	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 15. Fire or Other Casualty. 
 (a) Repair Estimate. If the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other casualty (a “Casualty”),
Landlord shall, within 90 days after such Casualty, deliver to Tenant a good faith estimate (the “Damage Notice”) of the time needed to repair the damage caused by such Casualty. 
 (b) Tenant’s Rights. If a material portion of the Premises is damaged by Casualty such that Tenant is prevented from
conducting its business in the Premises in a manner reasonably comparable to that conducted immediately before such Casualty and Landlord estimates that the damage caused thereby cannot be repaired within 270-E days after the commencement of repairs
(the “Repair Period”), then Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord of its election to terminate within 30 days after the Damage Notice has been delivered to Tenant. 
 (c) Landlord’s Rights. If a Casualty damages the Premises or a material portion of the Building and (1) Landlord
estimates that the damage to the Premises cannot be repaired within the Repair Period, (2) the damage to the Premises exceeds 50% of the replacement cost thereof (excluding foundations and footings), as estimated by Landlord, and such damage
occurs during the last two years of the Term, (3) regardless of the extent of damage to the Premises, the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies or Landlord makes a good faith determination that restoring the Building
would be uneconomical, or (4) Landlord is required to pay any insurance proceeds arising out of the Casualty to a Landlord’s Mortgagee, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice of its election to terminate within 30
days after the Damage Notice has been delivered to Tenant. 
 (d) Repair Obligation. If neither party elects to
terminate this Lease following a Casualty, then Landlord shall, within a reasonable time after such Casualty, begin to repair the Premises and shall proceed with reasonable diligence to restore the Premises to substantially the same condition as
they existed immediately before such Casualty; however, Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any alterations or betterments within the Premises (which shall be promptly and with due diligence repaired and restored by Tenant at
Tenant’s sole cost and expense) or any furniture, equipment, trade fixtures or personal property of Tenant or others in the Premises or the Building, and Landlord’s obligation to repair or restore the Premises shall be limited to the
extent of the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord for the Casualty in question. If this Lease is terminated under the provisions of this Section 15, Landlord shall be entitled to the full proceeds of the insurance policies
providing coverage for all alterations, improvements and betterments in the Premises (and, if Tenant has failed to maintain insurance on such items as required by this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to the proceeds Landlord would
have received had Tenant maintained insurance on such items as required by this Lease). 
 (e) Abatement of
Rent. If the Premises are damaged by Casualty, Rent for the portion of the Premises rendered untenantable by the damage shall be abated on a reasonable basis from the date of damage until the completion of Landlord’s repairs (or until
the date of termination of this Lease by Landlord or Tenant as provided above, as the case may be), unless a Tenant Party caused such damage, in which case, Tenant shall continue to pay Rent without abatement. 
 16. Personal Property Taxes. Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture, or fixtures
placed by Tenant in the Premises or in or on the Building or Project. If any taxes for which Tenant is liable are levied or assessed against Landlord or Landlord’s property and Landlord elects to pay the same, or if the assessed value of
Landlord’s property is increased by inclusion of such personal property, furniture or fixtures and Landlord elects to pay the taxes based on such increase, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within 30 days following written request therefor,
the part of such taxes for which Tenant is primarily liable hereunder; however, Landlord shall not pay such amount if Tenant notifies Landlord that it will contest the validity or amount of such taxes before Landlord makes such payment, and
thereafter diligently proceeds with such contest in accordance with Law and if the non-payment thereof does not pose a threat of loss or seizure of the Project or interest of Landlord therein or impose any fee or penalty against Landlord.

  

					
		  	13	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 17. Events of Default. Each of the following occurrences shall be an “Event of
Default”: 
 (a) Payment Default. Tenant’s failure to pay Rent within five days after Landlord
has delivered written notice to Tenant that the same is due; however, an Event of Default shall occur hereunder without any obligation of Landlord to give any notice if Tenant fails to pay Rent when due and, during the 12 month interval preceding
such failure, Landlord has given Tenant written notice of failure to pay Rent on one or more occasions; 
 (b)
Abandonment. Tenant (1) abandons or vacates the Premises or any substantial portion thereof or (2) fails to continuously operate its business in the Premises; 
 (c) Estoppel. Tenant fails to provide any estoppel certificate after Landlord’s written request therefor pursuant to
Section 25(e) and such failure shall continue for five days after Landlord’s second written notice thereof to Tenant; 
 (d) Insurance. Tenant fails to procure, maintain and deliver to Landlord evidence of the insurance policies and coverages as required under Section 11(a); 
 (e) Mechanic’s Liens. Tenant fails to pay and release of record, or diligently contest and bond around, any
mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or the Project for any work performed, materials furnished, or obligation incurred by or at the request of Tenant, within the time and in the manner required by Section 8(d); 
 (f) Other Defaults. Tenant’s failure to perform, comply with, or observe any other agreement or obligation of Tenant
under this Lease and the continuance of such failure for a period of more than 30 days after Landlord has delivered to Tenant written notice thereof; and 
 (g) Insolvency. The filing of a petition by or against Tenant (the term “Tenant” shall include, for the purpose of this Section 17(g), any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder)
(1) in any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding; (2) seeking any relief under any state or federal debtor relief law; (3) for the appointment of a liquidator or receiver for all or substantially all of Tenant’s property or
for Tenant’s interest in this Lease; (4) for the reorganization or modification of Tenant’s capital structure; or (5) in any assignment for the benefit of creditors proceeding; however, if such a petition is filed against Tenant,
then such filing shall not be an Event of Default unless Tenant fails to have the proceedings initiated by such petition dismissed within 90 days after the filing thereof. 
 18. Remedies. Upon any Event of Default, Landlord may, in addition to all other rights and remedies afforded Landlord hereunder or by law
or equity, take any one or more of the following actions: 
 (a) Termination of Lease. Terminate this Lease by
giving Tenant written notice thereof, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of (1) all Rent accrued hereunder through the date of termination, (2) all amounts due under Section 19(a), and (3) an amount equal to
(A) the total Rent that Tenant would have been required to pay for the remainder of the Term discounted to present value at a per annum rate equal to the “Prime Rate” as published on the date this Lease is terminated by The Wall
Street Journal, Southwest Edition, in its listing of “Money Rates” minus one percent, minus (B) the then present fair rental value of the Premises for such period, similarly discounted; 
 (b) Termination of Possession. Terminate Tenant’s right to possess the Premises without terminating this Lease by
giving written notice thereof to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord (1) all Rent and other amounts accrued hereunder to the date of termination of possession, (2) all amounts due from time to time under Section 19(a),
and (3) all Rent and other net sums required hereunder to be paid by Tenant during the remainder of the Term, diminished by any net sums thereafter received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during such period, after deducting all
costs incurred by Landlord in reletting the Premises. If Landlord elects to proceed under this Section 18(b), Landlord may remove all of Tenant’s property from the Premises and store the same in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost
of, and for the account of, Tenant, without becoming liable for any loss or damage which may be occasioned thereby. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises on such terms as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine (including
a term different from the Term, rental concessions, and 

  

					
		  	14	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
alterations to, and improvement of, the Premises); however, Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises before leasing other portions of the
Building or Complex and Landlord shall not be obligated to accept any prospective tenant proposed by Tenant unless such proposed tenant meets all of Landlord’s leasing criteria. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s
obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or to collect rent due for such reletting. Tenant shall not be entitled to the excess of any consideration obtained by reletting over the Rent due
hereunder. Reentry by Landlord in the Premises shall not affect Tenant’s obligations hereunder for the unexpired Term; rather, Landlord may, from time to time, bring an action against Tenant to collect amounts due by Tenant, without the
necessity of Landlord’s waiting until the expiration of the Term. Unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant expressly stating that it has elected to terminate this Lease, all actions taken by Landlord to dispossess or exclude Tenant
from the Premises shall be deemed to be taken under this Section 18(b). If Landlord elects to proceed under this Section 18(b), it may at any time elect to terminate this Lease under Section 18(a); 
 (c) Perform Acts on Behalf of Tenant. Perform any act Tenant is obligated to perform under the terms of this Lease (and
enter upon the Premises in connection therewith if necessary) in Tenant’s name and on Tenant’s behalf, without being liable for any claim for damages therefor, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any expenses which Landlord
may incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (including, but not limited to, collection costs and legal expenses), plus interest thereon at the Default Rate; 
 (d) Suspension of Services. Suspend any services required to be provided by Landlord hereunder without being liable for any
claim for damages therefor; or 
 (e) Alteration of Locks. Additionally, with or without notice, and to the
extent permitted by Law, Landlord may alter locks or other security devices at the Premises to deprive Tenant of access thereto, and Landlord shall not be required to provide a new key or right of access to Tenant. 
 19. Payment by Tenant; Non-Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. 
 (a) Payment by Tenant. Upon any Event of Default, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all costs incurred by Landlord (including
court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in (1) obtaining possession of the Premises, (2) removing and storing Tenant’s or any other occupant’s property, (3) repairing, restoring, altering, remodeling,
or otherwise putting the Premises into condition acceptable to a new tenant, (4) if Tenant is dispossessed of the Premises and this Lease is not terminated, reletting all or any part of the Premises (including brokerage commissions, cost of
tenant finish work, and other costs incidental to such reletting), (5) performing Tenant’s obligations which Tenant failed to perform, and (6) enforcing, or advising Landlord of, its rights, remedies, and recourses arising out of the
default. To the full extent permitted by law, Landlord and Tenant agree the federal and state courts of the state in which the Premises are located shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any matter relating to or arising from this Lease and the
parties’ rights and obligations under this Lease. 
 (b) No Waiver. Landlord’s acceptance of Rent
following an Event of Default shall not waive Landlord’s rights regarding such Event of Default. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms contained herein shall waive Landlord’s rights regarding any future
violation of such term. Landlord’s acceptance of any partial payment of Rent shall not waive Landlord’s rights with regard to the remaining portion of the Rent that is due, regardless of any endorsement or other statement on any instrument
delivered in payment of Rent or any writing delivered in connection therewith; accordingly, Landlord’s acceptance of a partial payment of Rent shall not constitute an accord and satisfaction of the full amount of the Rent that is due.

 (c) Cumulative Remedies. Any and all remedies set forth in this Lease: (1) shall be in addition to any
and all other remedies Landlord may have at law or in equity, (2) shall be cumulative, and (3) may be pursued successively or concurrently as Landlord may elect. The exercise of any remedy by Landlord shall not be deemed an election of
remedies or preclude Landlord from exercising any other remedies in the future. Additionally, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee and their respective representatives and agents from and against all
claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease. 
  

					
		  	15	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 20. Landlord’s Lien. In addition to any statutory landlord’s lien, now or
hereafter enacted, Tenant grants to Landlord, to secure performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, a security interest in all of Tenant’s property situated in or upon, or used in connection with, the Premises or the Project, and all
proceeds thereof (except merchandise sold in the ordinary course of business) (collectively, the “Collateral”), and the Collateral shall not be removed from the Premises or the Project without the prior written consent of
Landlord until all obligations of Tenant have been fully performed. Such personalty thus encumbered includes specifically all trade and other fixtures for the purpose of this Section 20 and inventory, equipment, contract rights, accounts
receivable and the proceeds thereof. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may, in addition to all other remedies, without notice or demand except as provided below, exercise the rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform
Commercial Code of the state in which the Premises are located (the “UCC”). To the extent the UCC requires Landlord to give to Tenant notice of any act or event and such notice cannot be validly waived before a default
occurs, then five-days’ prior written notice thereof shall be reasonable notice of the act or event. In order to perfect such security interest, Landlord may file any financing statement or other instrument necessary at Tenant’s expense at
the state and county Uniform Commercial Code filing offices. Tenant grants to Landlord a power of attorney to execute and file any financing statement or other instrument necessary to perfect Landlord’s security interest under this
Section 20, which power is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable during the Term. Landlord may also file a copy of this Lease as a financing statement to perfect its security interest in the Collateral. Within ten days following written
request therefor, Tenant shall execute financing statements to be filed of record to perfect Landlord’s security interest in the Collateral. 
 21. Surrender of Premises. No act by Landlord shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by Landlord.
At the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the Premises with all improvements located therein in good repair and condition, free of Hazardous Materials placed on the Premises during the Term, broom-clean,
reasonable wear and tear (and condemnation and Casualty damage not caused by Tenant, as to which Sections 14 and 15 shall control) excepted, and shall deliver to Landlord all keys to the Premises. Provided that Tenant has performed all of its
obligations hereunder, Tenant may remove all unattached trade fixtures, furniture, and personal property placed in the Premises or elsewhere in the Building by Tenant (but Tenant may not remove any such item which was paid for, in whole or in part,
by Landlord or any wiring or cabling unless Landlord requires such removal). Additionally, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall remove such alterations, additions, improvements, trade fixtures, personal property, equipment, wiring, conduits,
cabling, and furniture (including Tenant’s Off-Premises Equipment) as Landlord may request; however, Tenant shall not be required to remove any addition or improvement to the Premises or the Project if Landlord has specifically agreed in
writing that the improvement or addition in question need not be removed. Tenant shall repair all damage caused by such removal. All items not so removed shall, at Landlord’s option, be deemed to have been abandoned by Tenant and may be
appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of by Landlord without notice to Tenant and without any obligation to account for such items; any such disposition shall not be considered a strict foreclosure or other exercise of
Landlord’s rights in respect of the security interest granted under Section 20. The provisions of this Section 21 shall survive the end of the Term. 
 22. Holding Over. If Tenant fails to vacate the Premises at the end of the Term, then Tenant shall be a tenant at sufferance and, in addition to all other damages and remedies to which Landlord may be
entitled for such holding over, (a) Tenant shall pay, in addition to the other Rent, Basic Rent equal to the greater of (1) 200% of the Rent payable during the last month of the Term, or (2) 125% of the prevailing rental rate in the
Building for similar space, and (b) Tenant shall otherwise continue to be subject to all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The provisions of this Section 22 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other
rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend,
indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender, and any lost
profits to Landlord resulting therefrom. 
  

					
		  	16	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 23. Certain Rights Reserved by Landlord. Provided that the exercise of such rights does not
unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Landlord shall have the following rights: 
 (a)
Building Operations. To decorate and to make inspections, repairs, alterations, additions, changes, or improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the Project, or any part thereof; to enter upon the Premises (after
giving Tenant reasonable notice thereof, which may be oral notice, except in cases of real or apparent emergency, in which case no notice shall be required) and, during the continuance of any such work, to temporarily close doors, entryways, public
space, and corridors in the Building; to interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities; to change the name of the Building; and to change the arrangement and location of entrances or passageways, doors, and doorways, corridors,
elevators, stairs, restrooms, or other public parts of the Building; 
 (b) Security. To take such reasonable
measures as Landlord deems advisable for the security of the Building and its occupants; evacuating the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes; temporarily denying access to the Building; and closing the Building after normal
business hours and on Sundays and holidays, subject, however, to Tenant’s right to enter when the Building is closed after normal business hours under such reasonable regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time; 
 (c) Prospective Purchasers and Lenders. To enter the Premises at all reasonable hours to show the Premises to prospective
purchasers or lenders; and 
 (d) Prospective Tenants. At any time during the last 12 months of the Term (or
earlier if Tenant has notified Landlord in writing that it does not desire to renew the Term) or at any time following the occurrence of an Event of Default, to enter the Premises at all reasonable hours to show the Premises to prospective tenants.

 24. Substitution Space. Landlord may, at Landlord’s expense, relocate Tenant within the Complex to space which is
comparable in size, utility and condition to the Premises. If Landlord relocates Tenant, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for moving Tenant’s furniture, equipment, and supplies from the
Premises to the relocation space and for reprinting Tenant’s stationery of the same quality and quantity as Tenant’s stationery supply on hand immediately before Landlord’s notice to Tenant of the exercise of this relocation right.
Upon such relocation, the relocation space shall be deemed to be the Premises and the terms of this Lease shall remain in full force and shall apply to the relocation space. No amendment or other instrument shall be necessary to effectuate the
relocation contemplated by this Section; however, if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall execute an appropriate amendment document within ten business days after Landlord’s written request therefor. If Tenant fails to execute such relocation
amendment within such time period, or if Tenant fails to relocate within the time period stated in Landlord’s relocation notice to Tenant (or, if such relocation space is not available on the date specified in Landlord’s relocation notice,
as soon thereafter as the relocation space becomes available and is tendered to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease), then, in addition to Landlord’s other remedies set forth in this Lease, at law and/or in equity, Landlord may
terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing thereof at least 60 days prior to the termination date contained in Landlord’s termination notice. Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant’s obligations under this Section.

 25. Miscellaneous. 
 (a) Landlord Transfer. Landlord may transfer any portion of the Project and any of its rights under this Lease. If Landlord assigns its rights under this Lease, then Landlord shall thereby be released
from any further obligations hereunder arising after the date of transfer, provided that the assignee assumes in writing Landlord’s obligations hereunder arising from and after the transfer date. 
 (b) Landlord’s Liability. The liability of Landlord (and its partners, shareholders or members) to Tenant (or any
person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant) for any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease or any matter relating to or arising out of the occupancy or use of the Premises and/or other 

  

					
		  	17	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
areas of the Building shall be limited to Tenant’s actual direct, but not consequential, damages therefor and shall be recoverable only from the
interest of Landlord in the Building, and Landlord (and its partners, shareholders or members) shall not be personally liable for any deficiency. Additionally, Tenant hereby waives its statutory lien under Section 91.004 of the Texas Property
Code. 
 (c) Force Majeure. Other than for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease that can be performed by
the payment of money (e.g., payment of Rent and maintenance of insurance), whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by either party hereto, such party shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded
from the computation of any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, terrorist acts or activities, governmental laws, regulations, or restrictions, or any other causes of any kind
whatsoever which are beyond the control of such party. 
 (d) Brokerage. Neither Landlord nor Tenant has dealt
with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease, other than CAPSTAR Commercial Real Estate Services, Ltd. and Anchor Realty Advisors, LLC, whose commissions shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to separate
written agreements. Tenant and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, liens and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by,
through, or under the indemnifying party. 
 (e) Estoppel Certificates. From time to time, Tenant shall furnish
to any party designated by Landlord, within ten days after Landlord has made a request therefor, a certificate signed by Tenant confirming and containing such factual certifications and representations as to this Lease as Landlord may reasonably
request. Unless otherwise required by Landlord’s Mortgagee or a prospective purchaser or mortgagee of the Project, the initial form of estoppel certificate to be signed by Tenant is attached hereto as Exhibit F. If Tenant does not
deliver to Landlord the certificate signed by Tenant within such required time period, Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee and any prospective purchaser or mortgagee, may conclusively presume and rely upon the following facts: (1) this Lease is
in full force and effect; (2) the terms and provisions of this Lease have not been changed except as otherwise represented by Landlord; (3) not more than one monthly installment of Basic Rent and other charges have been paid in advance;
(4) there are no claims against Landlord nor any defenses or rights of offset against collection of Rent or other charges; and (5) Landlord is not in default under this Lease. In such event, Tenant shall be estopped from denying the truth
of the presumed facts. 
 (f) Notices. All notices and other communications given pursuant to this Lease shall
be in writing and shall be (1) mailed by first class, United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified, with return receipt requested, and addressed to the parties hereto at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information,
(2) hand-delivered to the intended addressee, (3) sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (4) sent by facsimile transmission during normal business hours followed by a confirmatory letter sent in another manner
permitted hereunder. All notices shall be effective upon delivery to the address of the addressee (even if such addressee refuses delivery thereof). The parties hereto may change their addresses by giving notice thereof to the other in conformity
with this provision. 
 (g) Separability. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid, or
unenforceable under present or future laws, then the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and in lieu of such clause or provision, there shall be added as a part of this Lease a clause or provision as similar in terms to such
illegal, invalid, or unenforceable clause or provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and enforceable. 
 (h)
Amendments; Binding Effect; No Electronic Records. This Lease may not be amended except by instrument in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such
waiver is in writing signed by Landlord, and no custom or practice which may evolve between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof shall waive or diminish the right of Landlord to insist upon the performance by Tenant in strict
accordance with the terms hereof. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree not to conduct the transactions or communications contemplated by this Lease by electronic means, except by facsimile transmission as specifically set forth in Section 25(f);
nor shall the use of the phrase “in writing” or the word 

  

					
		  	18	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
“written” be construed to include electronic communications except by facsimile transmissions as specifically set forth in Section 25(f). The
terms and conditions contained in this Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and upon their respective successors in interest and legal representatives, except as otherwise herein expressly provided. This Lease
is for the sole benefit of Landlord and Tenant, and, other than Landlord’s Mortgagee, no third party shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof. 
 (i) Quiet Enjoyment. Provided Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term, without hindrance from Landlord or any
party claiming by, through, or under Landlord, but not otherwise, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. 
 (j)
No Merger. There shall be no merger of the leasehold estate hereby created with the fee estate in the Premises or any part thereof if the same person acquires or holds, directly or indirectly, this Lease or any interest in this Lease
and the fee estate in the leasehold Premises or any interest in such fee estate. 
 (k) No Offer. The submission
of this Lease to Tenant shall not be construed as an offer, and Tenant shall not have any rights under this Lease unless Landlord executes a copy of this Lease and delivers it to Tenant. 
 (l) Entire Agreement. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding the subject matter
hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings relating thereto. Except for those set forth in this Lease, no representations, warranties, or agreements have been made by Landlord or Tenant to the other with respect to this Lease or
the obligations of Landlord or Tenant in connection therewith. The normal rule of construction that any ambiguities be resolved against the drafting party shall not apply to the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto.

 (m) Waiver of Jury Trial. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH WAIVE ANY RIGHT
TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS
RELATED HERETO. 
 (n) Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the state in which the Premises are located. 
 (o) Recording. Tenant shall not record this Lease or any
memorandum of this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld or denied in the sole and absolute discretion of Landlord, and any recordation by Tenant shall be a material breach of this Lease. Tenant grants to
Landlord a power of attorney to execute and record a release releasing any such recorded instrument of record that was recorded without the prior written consent of Landlord. 
 (p) Water or Mold Notification. To the extent Tenant or its agents or employees discover any water leakage, water damage or
mold in or about the Premises or Project, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord thereof in writing. 
 (q) Joint and
Several Liability. If Tenant is comprised of more than one party, each such party shall be jointly and severally liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. All unperformed obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed at
the end of the Term shall survive the end of the Term, including payment obligations with respect to Rent and all obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises. 
 (r) Financial Reports. Within 15 days after Landlord’s request, Tenant will furnish Tenant’s most recent audited
financial statements (including any notes to them) to Landlord, or, if no such audited statements have been prepared, such other financial statements (and notes to them) as may have been prepared by an independent 

  

					
		  	19	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
certified public accountant or, failing those, Tenant’s internally prepared financial statements. If Tenant is a publicly traded corporation, Tenant may
satisfy its obligations hereunder by providing to Landlord Tenant’s most recent annual and quarterly reports. Tenant will discuss its financial statements with Landlord and, following the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, will give
Landlord access to Tenant’s books and records in order to enable Landlord to verify the financial statements. Landlord will not disclose any aspect of Tenant’s financial statements that Tenant designates to Landlord as confidential except
(1) to Landlord’s Mortgagee or prospective mortgagees or purchasers of the Building, (2) in litigation between Landlord and Tenant, and/or (3) if required by court order. Tenant shall not be required to deliver the financial
statements required under this Section 25(r) more than once in any 12-month period unless requested by Landlord’s Mortgagee or a prospective buyer or lender of the Building or an Event of Default occurs. 
 (s) Landlord’s Fees. Whenever Tenant requests Landlord to take any action not required of it hereunder or give any
consent required or permitted under this Lease, Tenant will reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, out-of-pocket costs payable to third parties and incurred by Landlord in reviewing the proposed action or consent, including reasonable
attorneys’, engineers’ or architects’ fees, within 30 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a statement of such costs. Tenant will be obligated to make such reimbursement without regard to whether Landlord consents to any
such proposed action. 
 (t) Telecommunications. Tenant and its telecommunications companies, including local
exchange telecommunications companies and alternative access vendor services companies, shall have no right of access to and within the Building, for the installation and operation of telecommunications systems, including voice, video, data,
Internet, and any other services provided over wire, fiber optic, microwave, wireless, and any other transmission systems (“Telecommunications Services”), for part or all of Tenant’s telecommunications within the
Building and from the Building to any other location without Landlord’s prior written consent. All providers of Telecommunications Services shall be required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Building, applicable Laws and
Landlord’s policies and practices for the Building. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to provide or arrange for any Telecommunications Services and that Landlord shall have no liability to any Tenant Party in connection
with the installation, operation or maintenance of Telecommunications Services or any equipment or facilities relating thereto. Tenant, at its cost and for its own account, shall be solely responsible for obtaining all Telecommunications Services.

 (u) Confidentiality. Tenant acknowledges that the terms and conditions of this Lease are to remain
confidential for Landlord’s benefit, and may not be disclosed by Tenant to anyone, by any manner or means, directly or indirectly, without Landlord’s prior written consent; however, Tenant may disclose the terms and conditions of this
Lease if required by Law or court order, to its attorneys, accountants, employees and existing or prospective financial partners provided same are advised by Tenant of the confidential nature of such terms and conditions and agree to maintain the
confidentiality thereof (in each case, prior to disclosure). Tenant shall be liable for any disclosures made in violation of this Section by Tenant or by any entity or individual to whom the terms of and conditions of this Lease were disclosed or
made available by Tenant. The consent by Landlord to any disclosures shall not be deemed to be a waiver on the part of Landlord of any prohibition against any future disclosure. 
 (v) Authority. Tenant (if a corporation, partnership or other business entity) hereby represents and warrants to Landlord
that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises are located, that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is
authorized to do so, and that Tenant’s corporation number assigned by the Nevada Secretary of State is C17483-1999. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that Landlord is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in
the state in which the Premises are located, that Landlord has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of Landlord is authorized to do so. 
 (w) Hazardous Materials. The term “Hazardous Materials” means any substance, material, or waste
which is now or hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous, toxic, or dangerous under any Law relating to pollution or the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources or the environment, or poses or 

  

					
		  	20	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or in the Project. Tenant shall not use, generate, store, or dispose of, or
permit the use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises or the Project except in a manner and quantity necessary for the ordinary performance of Tenant’s business, and then in compliance with all Laws. If
Tenant breaches its obligations under this Section 25(w), Landlord may immediately take any and all action reasonably appropriate to remedy the same, including taking all appropriate action to clean up or remediate any contamination resulting
from Tenant’s use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding Landlord’s indemnity contained in Section 11(d), Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord and its representatives and agents
from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and cost of clean up and remediation) arising from Tenant’s failure to comply with
the provisions of this Section 25(w). This indemnity provision shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease. 
 (x) List of Exhibits. All exhibits and attachments attached hereto are incorporated herein by this reference. 
  

			
	Exhibit A -	  	Outline of Premises
	Exhibit B -	  	Description of the Land
	Exhibit C -	  	Building Rules and Regulations
	Exhibit D -	  	Tenant Finish-Work
	Exhibit E -	  	Form of Confirmation of Rent Commencement Date Letter
	Exhibit F -	  	Form of Tenant Estoppel Letter
	Exhibit G -	  	Parking
	Exhibit H -	  	Right of First Refusal
	Exhibit I -	  	Rent Abatement Provisions
	Exhibit J -	  	Waiver of Consumer Rights

 (y) Determination of Charges. Landlord and Tenant agree that each
provision of this Lease for determining charges and amounts payable by Tenant (including provisions regarding Additional Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes and Electrical Costs) is commercially reasonable and, as to each such charge
or amount, constitutes a statement of the amount of the charge or a method by which the charge is to be computed for purposes of Section 93.012 of the Texas Property Code. 
 (z) Prohibited Persons and Transactions. Tenant represents and warrants that neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates, nor
any of their respective partners, members, shareholders or other equity owners, and none of their respective employees, officers, directors, representatives or agents is, nor will they become, a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities
are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or
under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action and is not and
will not Transfer this Lease to, contract with or otherwise engage in any dealings or transactions or be otherwise associated with such persons or entities. 
 26. Other Provisions. 
 (a) Shared Conference Room. Subject to
availability, and upon reasonable prior notice to Landlord, Tenant shall be permitted to use the Building’s shared conference room (the “Conference Room”). Tenant shall be allowed to use the Conference Room at no additional charge for
the first four hours of such usage per month. Any additional usage of the Conference Room shall be at the rate then established by Landlord for use of the Conference Room. 
 (b) Exercise Facility. For so long as Landlord maintains a fitness center for use by occupants of the Building (the
“Fitness Center”), Tenant’s employees may access and use the Fitness Center, at no charge during the initial Term, provided that such employees follow all rules and regulations applicable to the Fitness Center, 

  

					
		  	21	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
as the same may be adjusted from time to time, including the execution by each user of Landlord’s standard release form. In the event that Landlord no
longer provides a Fitness Center for use by occupants of the Building, Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit toward or abatement of Rent. 
 27. Temporary Space. 
 (a) Lease Grant; Term; Acceptance; Insurance; Prospective
Tenants. Beginning on December 30, 2006, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, on all of the terms and conditions of this Lease (except as otherwise set forth in this Section 27), a portion of
the second floor (Suite 200 – E) of the Building containing approximately 3,203 rentable square feet and depicted on Exhibit A (the “Temporary Space”). The lease term for the Temporary Space shall commence on
the full execution of this Lease, and expire on the Commencement Date (the “Temporary Space Term”). Tenant accepts the Temporary Space in its “AS-IS” condition on the date this Lease is entered into, and
Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any demolition or tenant-finish work therein. Prior to Tenant’s occupancy of the Temporary Space, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the insurance required under Section 11(a) of
this Lease has been obtained. With regards to the Temporary Space, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Temporary Space at all reasonable hours to show the Temporary Space to prospective tenants. 
 (b) Basic Rent; Additional Rent; Tenant’s Proportionate Share; Cabling Costs. During the Temporary Space Term, Tenant
shall not pay monthly Basic Rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes or Tenant’s share of Additional Rent with respect to the Temporary Space. However, during the Temporary Space Term Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share
of Electrical Costs with respect to the Temporary Space. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for Tenant’s voice and data cabling costs in the Temporary Space. 
 (c) Landlord’s Right to Relocate. Landlord may relocate the Temporary Space within the Building to space which is
comparable in size, utility and condition to the Temporary Space, at Tenant’s cost and expense, effective as of the date (the “Move-Out Date”) 30 days after Landlord provides to Tenant written notice thereof. If Landlord
relocates Tenant as permitted by this Section 27, then Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Temporary Space in the condition required under this Lease and remove all of Tenant’s property from the Temporary Space by the Move-Out Date. If
Tenant fails to so vacate the Temporary Space, the Tenant shall be a holdover tenant with respect thereto pursuant to Section 22 of this Lease (and shall pay to Landlord holdover rent with respect to the Temporary Space as set forth in such
Section 22). 
 (d) Surrender of Temporary Space Upon Commencement Date. Within two days after the
Commencement Date, Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Temporary Space in the condition required under this Lease and relocate to the Initial Premises, failing which Tenant shall be a holdover tenant with respect to the Temporary Space pursuant to
Section 22 of this Lease (and shall pay to Landlord the holdover rent with respect thereto as set forth in Section 22) and Tenant shall pay to Landlord Rent with respect to the Initial Premises in accordance with this Lease. Landlord shall
reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for moving Tenant’s furniture, equipment, and supplies from the Temporary Space to the Premises at the end of the Temporary Space Term. 
  

					
		  	22	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 LANDLORD AND TENANT EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY THAT THE PREMISES ARE SUITABLE FOR TENANT’S INTENDED
COMMERCIAL PURPOSE, AND TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO PAY RENT HEREUNDER IS NOT DEPENDENT UPON THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES OR THE PERFORMANCE BY LANDLORD OF ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, TENANT SHALL
CONTINUE TO PAY THE RENT, WITHOUT ABATEMENT, DEMAND, SETOFF OR DEDUCTION, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY BREACH BY LANDLORD OF ITS DUTIES OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. 
 This Lease is executed on the respective dates set forth below, but for reference purposes, this Lease shall be dated as of the date first above written. If the execution date is left blank, this Lease shall be deemed
executed as of the date first written above. 
  

									
	LANDLORD:	 	CRP HOLDINGS V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
		 	By:	 	CRP Holdings GP-V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	/s/ Henry G. Brauer
		 		 		 		 	Henry G. Brauer, Executive Vice President
				
		 		 		 	Execution Date: ______________________________
		
	TENANT:	 	ENERGYTEC, INC., a Nevada corporation
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	/s/ Dorothea Krempein
		 		 		 		 	Dorothea Krempein, Chief Financial Officer
				
		 		 		 	Execution Date: ______________________________

  

					
		  	23	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 EXHIBIT A 
 OUTLINE OF PREMISES 
 

 
  

					
		  	1	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 REFUSAL SPACE 
 

 
  

					
		  	1	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 EXHIBIT B 
 DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND 
 Tract I: 
 Being a tract of land out of the Denton Darby Survey, Abstract No. 260, in the City of Plano, Collin County, Texas, and being all of Lot 1R, Block A of the 2nd Replat of Preston Park South Addition, an addition
to the City of Plano, Texas according to the plat thereof recorded in Cabinet H, Slide 391 of the Map Records of Collin County, Texas, and being more particularly described as follows: 
 BEGINNING at a  1/2” iron rod found with a cap stamped “2419” for the East corner of a corner clip at the intersection of the Easterly right-of-way line of Preston Road (State Highway No. 289,
150’ right-of-way at this point) with the Northerly right-of-way line of Preston Park Boulevard (90’ right-of-way at this point); 
 THENCE
with the said Easterly right-of-way line of Preston Road, the following courses and distances to wit: 
 North 44 deg. 27 Min. 20 sec West, a
distance of 35.36 feet to a 5/8” iron rod found with cap stamped “2419” for corner; 
 North 00 deg. 32 min. 40 sec. East, a
distance of 259.23 feet to a 5/8” iron rod found with cap stamped “2419” for corner; 
 North 11 deg. 32 min. 40 sec. East, a
distance of 95.09 feet to an “X” cut in concrete found for corner; 
 North 20 deg. 11 min. 54 sec. East, a distance of 243.37 feet
to a Hilti nail found in concrete for corner; 
 North 00 deg. 32 min. 40 sec. East, a distance of 10.54 feet to a PK nail found in concrete
for the Southwesterly corner of Lot One (1), Block A of the Preston Park Village Addition, an addition to the City of Plano, Texas, according to the replat thereof recorded in Cabinet F, Slide 704 of the Map Records of Collin County, Texas;

 THENCE with the South line of said lot, South 89 deg. 27 min. 20 sec. East, a distance of 518.17 feet to a 5/8” iron rod set for the Northeast corner
of Lot 1R, Block A of Preston Park South Addition; 
 THENCE leaving the South line of Lot One (1), Block A of Preston Park Village Addition, South 00 deg.
32 min. 40 sec. West, a distance of 155.72 feet to a point for the Easterly most common corner of Lots 1R and 2R, Block A of Preston Park South Addition; 
 THENCE with the common line of Lots 1R and 2R, Block A of Preston Park South Addition, the following courses and distance to wit: 
 North 89 deg. 27 min. 20 sec. West, a distance of 446.92 feet to a point for corner; 
 South 00 deg. 32 min. 40 sec. West, a
distance of 99.00 feet to a point for corner; 
 South 89 deg. 27 min. 20 sec. East, a distance of 144.53 feet to a point for corner;

 South 44 deg. 31 min. 21 sec. East, a distance of 102.26 feet to an “X” cut found in concrete for corner; 
 South 45 deg. 35 min. 14 sec. West, a distance of 410.94 feet to a 5/8” iron rod found in the Northerly right-of-way line of Preston Park Boulevard
for corner; 
  

					
		  	1	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 THENCE with the said Northerly right-of-way line, North 89 deg. 27 min. 20 sec. West, a distance of 72.37 feet to the
POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 193,377 square feet or 4.4393 acres of land. 
 Tract II: 
 BEING a tract of land out of the Denton Darby Survey, Abstract No. 260, in the City of Plano, Collin County, Texas and being all of Lot 2R, Block A of the 2nd Replat of Preston Park South Addition, an addition to
the City of Plano, Texas, according to the plat thereof recorded in Cabinet H, Slide 391 of the Map Records of Collin County, Texas, and being more particularly described as follows: 
 COMMENCING at a  1/2” iron rod found with a cap stamped “2419” for the East corner of corner clip at the intersection of the Easterly right-of-way line of Preston Road (State Highway No. 289, 150 feet
right-of-way at this point) with the Northerly right-of-way line of Preston Park Boulevard (90’ right-of-way at this point); 
 THENCE with the
said Northerly right-of-way line, South 89 deg. 27 min. 20 sec. East, a distance of 72.37 feet to a 5/8” iron rod found for the Southerly common corner of Lots 1R and 2R, Block A of the Preston Park South Addition and the POINT OF BEGINNING;

 THENCE with the common line of said lots, the following courses and distances to wit: 
 North 45 deg. 35 min. 14 sec. East, a distance of 410.94 feet to an “X” cut in concrete for corner; 
 North 44 deg. 31 min. 21 sec. West, a distance of 102.26 feet to a point for corner; 
 North 89 deg. 27 min. 20 sec. West, a distance of 144.53 feet to a point for corner; 
 North 00 deg. 32 min. 40 sec. East, a distance of 99.00 feet to a point for corner; 
 South 89 deg. 27 min. 20 sec. East, a distance of 446.92 feet to a point for the Easterly most common corner of Lots 1R and 2R, Block A of the Preston
Park South Addition; 
 THENCE with the common line of Lots 2R and 3A, Block A of the Preston Park South Addition the following courses and distances to wit:

 South 00 deg. 32 min. 40 sec. West, a distance of 139.28 feet to a 5/8” iron rod found with cap for corner; 
 North 89 deg. 27 min. 20 sec. West, a distance of 125.0 feet to a PK nail found for corner; 
 South 00 deg. 32 min. 40 sec. West, a distance of 306.48 feet to a PK nail found in the Northerly right-of-way line of said Preston Park Boulevard for the
beginning of a non-tangent curve to the right, having a central angle of 09 deg. 13 min. 19 sec., a radius of 1225.00 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 85 deg. 56 min. 00 sec. West, 196.96 feet; 
 Westerly with said curve, an arc distance of 197.17 feet to a PK nail found in concrete for the point of tangency; 
 North 89 deg. 27 min. 20 sec. West, a distance of 199.48 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 131,150 square feet of 3.0108 acres of land.

 Tract III: 
 BEING a tract of land out of the Denton Darby
Survey, Abstract No. 260, in the City of Plano, Collin County, Texas, and being all of Lot 3A, Block A of the Final Plat and Conveyance Plat of Lots 3A and 4, Block A of Preston Park South, an addition to the City of Plano, Texas, according to
the plat thereof recorded in Cabinet I, Slide 427 of the Map Records of Collin County, Texas and being more particularly described as follows: 
  

					
		  	2	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 COMMENCING at a  1/2” iron rod found with a cap stamped “2419” for the East corner of a corner clip at the intersection of the Easterly right-of-way line of
Preston Road (State Highway No. 289,150 foot right-of-way at this point) with the Northerly right-of-way line of Preston Park Boulevard (90 foot right-of-way at this point); 
 THENCE with said Northerly right-of-way line, South 89 deg. 27 min. 20 sec. East, a distance of 271.85 feet to a PK nail found in concrete for the beginning of a tangent curve to the left, having a central angle of 09
deg. 13 min. 19 sec., a radius of 1225.00 feet and a chord bearing and distance of North 85 deg. 56 min. 00 sec. East, 196.96 feet; 
 THENCE continuing with
the Northerly right-of-way line of Preston Park Boulevard and the said curve, an arc distance of 197.17 feet to a PK nail found in concrete for the Southerly common corner of Lots 2R and 3A, Block A of Preston Park South Addition and the POINT OF
BEGINNING; 
 THENCE leaving said Northerly right-of-way line and with the common line of Lots 2R and 3A, Block A of Preston Park South Addition, the
following courses and distances to wit: 
 North 00 deg. 32 min. 40 sec. East, a distance of 306.48 feet to a PK nail found for corner;

 South 89 deg. 27 min. 20 sec. East, a distance of 125.00 feet to a 5/8” iron rod found with cap for corner; 
 North 00 deg. 32 min. 40 sec. East, passing the Easterly common corner of Lots 1R and 2R, Block A at a distance of 139.28 feet, in all a total distance of
295.00 feet to a 5/8” iron rod set with a yellow plastic cap stamped “Nelson Corp.” (hereafter called 5/8” iron rod set) for corner in the South line of Lot One (1), Block A of Preston Park Village Addition, an addition to the
City of Plano, Texas, according to the replat thereof recorded in Cabinet F, Page 704 of the Map Records of Collin County, Texas; 
 THENCE with the South
line of said addition, South 89 deg. 27 min. 20 sec. East, a distance of 124.58 feet to a 5/8” iron rod set for corner; 
 THENCE leaving the South line
of Lot One (1), Block A of Preston Park Village Addition, South 00 deg. 25 min. 00 sec. West, a distance of 310.89 feet to a POINT FOR BEGINNING of a tangent curve to the right, having a central angle of 07 deg. 18 min. 32 sec., a radius of 400.00
feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 04 deg. 04 min. 16 sec. West, 50.99 feet; 
 THENCE with the said curve, an arc distance of 51.02 feet to a
point for the beginning of a reverse curve to the left, having a central angle of 07 deg. 18 min. 32 sec., a radius of 400.00 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 04 deg. 04 min. 16 sec. West, 50.99 feet; 
 THENCE with said curve, an arc distance of 51.02 feet to the point of tangency; 
 THENCE South 00 deg. 25 min. 00 sec. West, a distance of 130.87 feet to a 5/8” iron rod set in the Northerly <or line of said Preston Park Boulevard for the beginning of a non-tangent curve to the left, having a central angle of 07
deg. 34 min. 14 sec., a radius of 595.00 feet and a chord bearing a distance of South 77 deg. 01 min. 57 sec. West, 78.56 feet; 
 THENCE with the said
Northerly right-of-way line, the following courses and distances to wit: 
 Westerly
with said curve, an arc distance of 78.62 feet to a  1/2” iron rod found with cap stamped “2419”
for the beginning of a reverse curve to the right, having a central angle of 08 deg. 04 min. 31 sec., a radius of 1225.00 feet and a chord bearing and distance of South 77 deg. 17 min. 06 sec. West, 172.51 feet; Westerly with said curve, an arc
distance of 172.65 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 105,320 square feet or 2.4178 acres of land. 
  

					
		  	3	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 Together with the appurtenant easements contained in the Amended and Restated Declaration of Reciprocal Easements and
Operating Agreement and Covenant Agreement recorded under Clerk’s File No. 92-0080591, Land Records, Collin County, Texas. 
  

					
		  	4	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 EXHIBIT C 
 BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 The following rules and regulations shall apply to the
Premises, the Building, the parking garage associated therewith, and the appurtenances thereto: 
 1. Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls,
stairways, and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by tenants or used by any tenant for purposes other than ingress and egress to and from their respective leased premises and for going from one to another part of the Building. 

2. Plumbing, fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable
material shall be thrown or deposited therein. Damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances from misuse by a tenant or its agents, employees or invitees, shall be paid by such tenant. 
 3. No signs, advertisements or notices (other than those that are not visible outside the Premises) shall be painted or affixed on or to any windows or
doors or other part of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. No nails, hooks or screws (other than those which are necessary to hang paintings, prints, pictures, or other similar items on the Premises’ interior walls)
shall be driven or inserted in any part of the Building except by Building maintenance personnel. No curtains or other window treatments shall be placed between the glass and the Building standard window treatments. 
 4. Landlord shall provide and maintain an alphabetical directory for all tenants in the main lobby of the Building. 
 5. Landlord shall provide all door locks at the entry of each tenant’s leased premises, at the cost of such tenant, and no tenant shall place any
additional door locks in its leased premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall furnish to each tenant a reasonable number of keys to such tenant’s leased premises, at such tenant’s cost, and no tenant shall make
a duplicate thereof. 
 6. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by tenants of any
bulky material, merchandise or materials which require use of elevators or stairways, or movement through the Building entrances or lobby shall be conducted under Landlord’s supervision at such times and in such a manner as Landlord may
reasonably require. Each tenant assumes all risks of and shall be liable for all damage to articles moved and injury to persons or public engaged or not engaged in such movement, including equipment, property and personnel of Landlord if damaged or
injured as a result of acts in connection with carrying out this service for such tenant. 
 7. Landlord may prescribe weight limitations and
determine the locations for safes and other heavy equipment or items, which shall in all cases be placed in the Building so as to distribute weight in a manner acceptable to Landlord which may include the use of such supporting devices as Landlord
may require. All damages to the Building caused by the installation or removal of any property of a tenant, or done by a tenant’s property while in the Building, shall be repaired at the expense of such tenant. 
 8. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed. Nothing shall be swept or thrown into the corridors, halls, elevator shafts or stairways. No
birds or animals (other than seeing-eye dogs) shall be brought into or kept in, on or about any tenant’s leased premises. No portion of any tenant’s leased premises shall at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.

 9. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s employees in keeping its leased premises neat and clean. Tenants shall not employ any
person for the purpose of such cleaning other than the Building’s cleaning and maintenance personnel. 
  

					
		  	1	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 10. To ensure orderly operation of the Building, no ice, mineral or other water, towels, newspapers, etc.
shall be delivered to any leased area except by persons approved by Landlord. 
 11. Tenant shall not make or permit any vibration or
improper, objectionable or unpleasant noises or odors in the Building or otherwise interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having business with them. 
 12. No machinery of any kind (other than normal office equipment) shall be operated by any tenant on its leased area without Landlord’s prior written consent, nor shall any tenant use or keep in the Building any
flammable or explosive fluid or substance (other than typical office supplies [e.g., photocopier toner] used in compliance with all Laws). 
 13. Landlord will not be responsible for lost or stolen personal property, money or jewelry from tenant’s leased premises or public or common areas regardless of whether such loss occurs when the area is locked against entry or not.

 14. No vending or dispensing machines of any kind may be maintained in any leased premises without the prior written permission of
Landlord. 
 15. Tenant shall not conduct any activity on or about the Premises or Building which will draw pickets, demonstrators, or the
like. 
 16. All vehicles are to be currently licensed, in good operating condition, parked for business purposes having to do with
Tenant’s business operated in the Premises, parked within designated parking spaces, one vehicle to each space. No vehicle shall be parked as a “billboard” vehicle in the parking lot. Any vehicle parked improperly may be towed away.
Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees, vendors and customers who do not operate or park their vehicles as required shall subject the vehicle to being towed at the expense of the owner or driver. Landlord may place a “boot” on the vehicle
to immobilize it and may levy a charge of $50.00 to remove the “boot.” Tenant shall indemnify, hold and save harmless Landlord of any liability arising from the towing or booting of any vehicles belonging to a Tenant Party. 
 17. No tenant may enter into phone rooms, electrical rooms, mechanical rooms, or other service areas of the Building unless accompanied by Landlord or
the Building manager. 
 18. Tenant will not permit any Tenant Party to bring onto the Project any handgun, firearm or other weapons of any
kind, illegal drugs or, unless expressly permitted by Landlord in writing, alcoholic beverages. 
 19. Tenant shall not permit its employees,
invitees or guests to smoke in the Premises or the lobbies, passages, corridors, elevators, vending rooms, rest rooms, stairways or any other area shared in common with other tenants in the Building, or permit its employees, invitees, or guests to
loiter at the Building entrances for the purposes of smoking. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, designate an area for smoking outside the Building. 
  

					
		  	2	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 EXHIBIT D 
 TENANT FINISH-WORK: ALLOWANCE 
 (Landlord Performs the Work) 
 1. Acceptance of Premises. Except as set forth in this Exhibit, Tenant accepts the Premises in their “AS-IS” condition on
the date that this Lease is entered into. 
 2. Space Plans. 
 (a) Preparation and Delivery. Within two business days after Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall meet with
Interprise Design or another design consultant selected by Landlord (the “Architect”) to discuss the nature and extent of all improvements that Tenant proposes to install in the Premises and, at such meeting, provide the
Architect with all necessary data and information needed by the Architect to prepare initial space plans therefor as required by this paragraph. On or before the tenth day following the date of this Lease, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a space
plan prepared by the Architect depicting improvements to be installed in the Premises (the “Space Plans”). 
 (b) Approval Process. Tenant shall notify Landlord whether it approves of the submitted Space Plans within three business days after Landlord’s submission thereof. If Tenant disapproves of such Space Plans, then Tenant
shall notify Landlord thereof specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for such disapproval, in which case Landlord shall, within three business days after such notice, revise such Space Plans in accordance with Tenant’s objections and
submit to Tenant for its review and approval. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether it approves of the resubmitted Space Plans within one business day after its receipt thereof. This process shall be repeated until the Space Plans have
been finally approved by Tenant and Landlord. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord that it disapproves of the initial Space Plans within three business days (or, in the case of resubmitted Space Plans, within one business day) after the submission
thereof, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Space Plans in question. 
 3. Working Drawings. 
 (a) Preparation and Delivery. On or before the date which is 15 days following the date on which the Space Plans are
approved (or deemed approved) by Tenant and Landlord, Landlord shall cause to be prepared final working drawings of all improvements to be installed in the Premises and deliver the same to Tenant for its review and approval (which approval shall not
be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Such working drawings shall be prepared by Interprise Design, or another design consultant selected by Landlord (whose fee shall be included in the Total Construction Costs [defined below]).

 (b) Approval Process. Tenant shall notify Landlord whether it approves of the submitted working drawings
within three business days after Landlord’s submission thereof. If Tenant disapproves of such working drawings, then Tenant shall notify Landlord thereof specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for such disapproval, in which case Landlord
shall, within three business days after such notice, revise such working drawings in accordance with Tenant’s objections and submit the revised working drawings to Tenant for its review and approval. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing
whether it approves of the resubmitted working drawings within one business day after its receipt thereof. This process shall be repeated until the working drawings have been finally approved by Landlord and Tenant. If Tenant fails to notify
Landlord that it disapproves of the initial working drawings within three business days (or, in the case of resubmitted working drawings, within one business day) after the submission thereof, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the working
drawings in question. Any delay caused by Tenant’s unreasonable withholding of its consent or delay in giving its written approval as to such working drawings shall constitute a Tenant Delay Day (defined below). If the working drawings are not
fully approved (or deemed approved) by both Landlord and Tenant by the 15th business day after the delivery of the initial draft thereof to Tenant, then each day after such time period that such working drawings are not fully approved (or deemed
approved) by both Landlord and Tenant shall constitute a Tenant Delay Day. 
  

					
		  	1	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 (c) Landlord’s Approval; Performance of Work. If any of Tenant’s
proposed construction work will affect the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems, then the working drawings pertaining thereto must be approved by the Building’s engineer of record. Landlord’s approval of such working
drawings shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that (1) they comply with all Laws, (2) the improvements depicted thereon do not adversely affect (in the reasonable discretion of Landlord) the Building’s Structure or the
Building’s Systems (including the Building’s restrooms or mechanical rooms), the exterior appearance of the Building, or the appearance of the Building’s common areas or elevator lobby areas, (3) such working drawings are
sufficiently detailed to allow construction of the improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, and (4) the improvements depicted thereon conform to the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by Landlord for the construction of
tenant improvements (a copy of which has been delivered to Tenant). As used herein, “Working Drawings” means the final working drawings approved by Landlord, as amended from time to time by any approved changes thereto, and
“Work” means all improvements to be constructed in accordance with and as indicated on the Working Drawings, together with any work required by governmental authorities to be made to other areas of the Building as a result of
the improvements indicated by the Working Drawings. Landlord’s approval of the Working Drawings shall not be a representation or warranty of Landlord that such drawings are adequate for any use or comply with any Law, but shall merely be the
consent of Landlord thereto. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, sign the Working Drawings to evidence its review and approval thereof. After the Working Drawings have been approved, Landlord shall cause the Work to be performed in substantial
accordance with the Working Drawings. 
 4. Bidding of Work. Prior to commencing the Work, Landlord shall competitively bid the
Work to three contractors approved by Landlord. If the estimated Total Construction Costs are expected to exceed the Construction Allowance, Tenant shall be allowed to review the submitted bids from such contractors to value engineer any of
Tenant’s requested alterations. In such case, Tenant shall notify Landlord of any items in the Working Drawings that Tenant desires to change within two business days after Landlord’s submission thereof to Tenant. If Tenant fails to notify
Landlord of its election within such two business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the bids. Within five business days following Landlord’s submission of the initial construction bids to Tenant under the foregoing provisions
(if applicable), Tenant shall have completed all of the following items: (a) finalized with Landlord’s representative and the proposed contractor, the pricing of any requested revisions to the bids for the Work, and (b) approved in
writing any overage in the Total Construction Costs in excess of the Construction Allowance, failing which each day after such five business day period shall constitute a Tenant Delay Day. 
 5. Change Orders. Tenant may initiate changes in the Work. Each such change must receive the prior written approval of Landlord, such
approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; however, (a) if such requested change would adversely affect (in the reasonable discretion of Landlord) (1) the Building’s Structure or the Building’s Systems (including the
Building’s restrooms or mechanical rooms), (2) the exterior appearance of the Building, or (3) the appearance of the Building’s common areas or elevator lobby areas, or (b) if any such requested change might delay the Rent
Commencement Date, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall, upon completion of the Work, cause to be prepared an accurate architectural “as-built” plan of the Work as constructed, which plan
shall be incorporated into this Exhibit D by this reference for all purposes. If Tenant requests any changes to the Work described in the Space Plans or the Working Drawings, then such increased costs and any additional design costs incurred
in connection therewith as the result of any such change shall be added to the Total Construction Costs. 
 6. Definitions. As
used herein, a “Tenant Delay Day” means each day of delay in the performance of the Work that occurs (a) because Tenant fails to timely furnish any information or deliver or approve any required documents such as the
Space Plans or Working Drawings (whether preliminary, interim revisions or final), pricing estimates, construction bids, and the like, (b) because of any change by Tenant to the Space Plans or Working Drawings, (c) because Tenant fails to
attend any meeting with Landlord, the Architect, any design professional, or any contractor, or their respective employees or representatives, as may be required or scheduled hereunder or otherwise necessary in connection with the preparation or
completion of any construction documents, such as the Space Plans or Working Drawings, or in connection with the performance of the Work, (d) because of any specification by Tenant of materials or installations in addition to or other than
Landlord’s standard finish-out materials, or (e) because a Tenant 

  

					
		  	2	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 
Party otherwise delays completion of the Work. As used herein “Substantial Completion,” “Substantially
Completed,” and any derivations thereof mean the Work in the Premises is substantially completed (as reasonably determined by Landlord) in substantial accordance with the Working Drawings. Substantial Completion shall have occurred even
though minor details of construction, decoration, landscaping and mechanical adjustments remain to be completed by Landlord. 
 7.
Walk-Through; Punchlist. When Landlord considers the Work in the Premises to be Substantially Completed, Landlord will notify Tenant and, within three business days thereafter, Landlord’s representative and Tenant’s
representative shall conduct a walk-through of the Premises and identify any necessary touch-up work, repairs and minor completion items that are necessary for final completion of the Work. Neither Landlord’s representative nor Tenant’s
representative shall unreasonably withhold his or her agreement on punchlist items. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause the contractor performing the Work to complete all punchlist items within 30 days after agreement thereon; however,
Landlord shall not be obligated to engage overtime labor in order to complete such items. 
 8. Excess Costs. The entire cost
of performing the Work (including design of and space planning for the Work and preparation of the Working Drawings and the final “as-built” plan of the Work, costs of construction labor and materials, electrical usage during construction,
additional janitorial services, general tenant signage, related taxes and insurance costs, licenses, permits, certifications, surveys and other approvals required by Law, and the construction supervision fee referenced in Section 10 of this
Exhibit, all of which costs are herein collectively called the “Total Construction Costs”) in excess of the Construction Allowance (hereinafter defined) shall be paid by Tenant. Upon approval of the Working Drawings and
selection of a contractor, Tenant shall promptly (a) execute a work order agreement prepared by Landlord which identifies such drawings and itemizes the Total Construction Costs and sets forth the Construction Allowance, and (b) pay to
Landlord 90% of the amount by which Total Construction Costs exceed the Construction Allowance. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work and before Tenant occupies the Premises to conduct business therein, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal
to the Total Construction Costs (as adjusted for any approved changes to the Work), less (1) the amount of the advance payment already made by Tenant, and (2) the amount of the Construction Allowance. In the event of default of payment of such
excess costs, Landlord (in addition to all other remedies) shall have the same rights as for an Event of Default under this Lease. 
 9.
Construction Allowance. Landlord shall provide to Tenant a construction allowance not to exceed $22.00 per rentable square foot in the Premises (the “Construction Allowance”) to be applied toward the Total
Construction Costs, as adjusted for any changes to the Work. The Construction Allowance shall not be disbursed to Tenant in cash, but shall be applied by Landlord to the payment of the Total Construction Costs, if, as, and when the cost of the Work
is actually incurred and paid by Landlord. Tenant may use up to $2.00 per rentable square foot in the Premises of the Construction Allowance towards the cost of Tenant’s installation of telephone and data networks and other move related costs.
The Construction Allowance must be used (that is, the Work must be fully complete and the Construction Allowance disbursed) within six months following the Rent Commencement Date or shall be deemed forfeited with no further obligation by Landlord
with respect thereto, time being of the essence with respect thereto. 
 10. Construction Management. Landlord or its Affiliate
or agent shall supervise the Work, make disbursements required to be made to the contractor, and act as a liaison between the contractor and Tenant and coordinate the relationship between the Work, the Building and the Building’s Systems. In
consideration for Landlord’s construction supervision services, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a construction supervision fee equal to five percent of the Total Construction Costs. 
  

					
		  	3	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 11. Construction Representatives. Landlord’s and Tenant’s representatives for
coordination of construction and approval of change orders will be as follows, provided that either party may change its representative upon written notice to the other: 
  

			
	Landlord’s Representative:	  	 Kim Heliste
 c/o CAPSTAR Commercial Real Estate
Services, Ltd.
 4975 Preston Park Boulevard, Suite 15

		  	 Plano, Texas 75093
 Telephone: 972.985.4000

Telecopy: 972.985.4083

		
	Tenant’s Representative:	  	 Dorothea Krempein
 c/o EnergyTec, Inc.
 14785 Preston Road, Suite S-550

		  	 Dallas, Texas 75254-7876
 Telephone:
972.789.5134
 Telecopy: 972.789.5138

 12. Miscellaneous. To the extent not inconsistent with this Exhibit,
Sections 8(a) and 21 of this Lease shall govern the performance of the Work and Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective rights and obligations regarding the improvements installed pursuant thereto. 
  

					
		  	4	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 EXHIBIT E 
 CONFIRMATION OF COMMENCEMENT DATE 
                     , 2006 
 EnergyTec,
Inc. 
 4965 Preston Park Boulevard, Suite 270-E 
 Plano, Texas
75093 
  

	 	Re:	Lease Agreement (the “Lease”) dated November 27,, 2006, between CRP HOLDINGS V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
(“Landlord”), and ENERGYTEC, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Tenant”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall be given the meanings assigned to them in the Lease.

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 Landlord and Tenant
agree as follows: 
 1. Condition of Premises. Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises pursuant to the Lease. Any
improvements required by the terms of the Lease to be made by Landlord have been completed to the full and complete satisfaction of Tenant in all respects except for the punchlist items described on Exhibit A hereto (the
“Punchlist Items”), and except for such Punchlist Items, Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties under the Lease with respect to such initial tenant improvements. Furthermore, Tenant acknowledges that the Premises are
suitable for the Permitted Use. 
 2. Rent Commencement Date. The Rent Commencement Date of the Lease is
                    , 2006. 
 3.
Expiration Date. The Term is scheduled to expire on the last day of the 64th full calendar month of the Term, which date is
                    , 201__. 
 4.
Contact Person. Tenant’s contact person in the Premises is: 
 EnergyTec, Inc. 4965 
 Preston Park Boulevard, Suite 270-E 
 Plano, Texas 75093 
 Attention:
                                        

 Telephone:
            .            .            

 Telecopy:
            .            .            

 5. Ratification. Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Lease, and represents and warrants to
Landlord that it has no defenses thereto. Additionally, Tenant further confirms and ratifies that, as of the date hereof, (a) the Lease is and remains in good standing and in full force and effect, and (b) Tenant has no claims, counterclaims,
set-offs or defenses against Landlord arising out of the Lease or in any way relating thereto or arising out of any other transaction between Landlord and Tenant. 
 6. Binding Effect; Governing Law. Except as modified hereby, the Lease shall remain in full effect and this letter shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns.
If any inconsistency exists or arises between the terms of this letter and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this letter shall prevail. This letter shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the Premises are located. 
  

					
		  	1	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 Please indicate your agreement to the above matters by signing this letter in the space indicated below
and returning an executed original to us. 
  

			
	Sincerely,
	
	CAPSTAR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE SERVICES, LTD., on behalf of Landlord
		
	By:	 	  
		
	Name:	 	  
		
	Title:	 	  

  

			
	Agreed and accepted:
	
	ENERGYTEC, INC., a Nevada corporation
		
	By:	 	  
		 	Dorothea Krempein, Chief Financial Officer

  

					
		  	2	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 EXHIBIT A 
 PUNCHLIST ITEMS 
 Please insert any punchlist items that remain to be performed by Landlord. If no items are listed below by
Tenant, none shall be deemed to exist. 
  

					
		  	3	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 EXHIBIT F 
 FORM OF TENANT ESTOPPEL LETTER 
 Loan
No. 76-             
 General Electric Capital Corporation 
 16479 Dallas Parkway, Suite 500 
 Addison, Texas 75001 
  

	 	RE:	Lease dated
                            , 200     (the
“Lease”), for Preston Park Financial Center [East/West], Plano Texas (the “Property”) 

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 The undersigned is Tenant under the Lease. Tenant certifies to the current Owner
(“Landlord”) and to General Electric Capital Corporation and its successors, transferees and assigns (collectively, “Lender”) and acknowledges and agrees that: 
 1. The following information concerning the Lease is true and correct: 
  

			
	Landlord:	  	CRP Holdings V, L.P. (“Landlord”)
		
	Tenant:	  	                            
(“Tenant”)
		
	Premises:	  	49     Preston Park Blvd., Suite              (“Premises”) containing
                     rentable square feet
	
	Amendments, Modifications, Assignments or Assumptions after lease execution:
		
		  	                                      
                                        
                                        
                                        
                       
		
		  	                                      
                                        
                                        
                                        
                       
		
		  	                                      
                                        
                                        
                                        
                       
		
		  	                                      
                                        
                                        
                                        
                       
		
	Rent Commencement Date:	  	_____________________________________
		
	Expiration Date of Term:	  	_____________________________________
	
	Current Monthly payments under the Lease:
		
		  	_____________________________________
		
	Basic Rent:	  	_____________________________________
		
	Common Area Maintenance:	  	_____________________________________
		
	Real Estate Taxes:	  	_____________________________________
		
	Electricity:	  	_____________________________________
		
	Parking Charges:	  	_____________________________________
		
	Renewal Option:	  	_____________________________________

  

					
		  	1	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 Amount of Security Deposit:
                     
 2. The
Lease contains the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, has not been modified or amended except as indicated above, no options to purchase or rights of first refusal are contained therein, and
there are no other agreements between them, oral or written, regarding the Premises or the Property. 
 3. The Lease (modified as indicated
above) is presently in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and Tenant has accepted the Premises. 
 4. All rent and additional
rent payable under the Lease as of the date of this letter has been paid in full and no rent or additional rent to become payable under the Lease has been paid more than 30 days in advance. 
 5. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge, no party to the Lease is in default thereunder, and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice or
the passage of time, or both, would constitute a default thereunder. 
 6. Tenant has no counterclaims, defenses or offsets to its
obligations under the Lease or to the enforcement of any of the landlord’s rights thereunder. 
 7. Landlord has completed all
alterations, additions, painting and refurbishing to the Premises and the Property required to be performed by Landlord, and there are no rent concessions, rebates, free rents or similar inducements except as set forth in the Lease. 
 8. The Lease is subject and subordinate to any and all existing and future mortgages and any ground lease of the Premises. 
 9. Tenant acknowledges that if Lender succeeds to the interest of Landlord under the Lease, Lender shall not be liable for any act or omission of any
prior landlord (including Landlord), liable for the return of any advance rental deposit or any security deposit (unless such sums have actually been received by Lender as security for Tenant’s performance under the Lease), subject to any
offset or defense which Tenant may have against any such prior landlord or bound by any rent or additional rent Tenant may have paid for more than the current month, or bound by any assignment, surrender, termination, cancellation, waiver, release,
amendment or modification of the Lease not expressly permitted by the Lease made without its express written consent. 
 10. If Lender
succeeds to the interest of Landlord under the Lease by any means, Tenant agrees to attorn to Lender and be bound to Lender under all the terms of the Lease on the condition that Lender does not disturb the possession of the Tenant under the Lease
if the Lease is in full force and effect and the Tenant is not then in default under the Lease. 
 Tenant acknowledges that Lender has
requested this letter in connection with a proposed financing of the Premises, and that Lender may rely on the information set forth in this letter. 
  

			
	  
		
	By:	 	  
		
	Name:	 	  
		
	Title:	 	  
		
	Dated:	 	  

  

					
		  	2	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 EXHIBIT G 
 PARKING 
 Tenant shall be provided a total of 13 parking access cards permitting Tenant to use
up to 13 unreserved parking spaces, at no additional charge during the initial Term, in the parking facilities associated with the Building (the “Parking Area”) subject to such terms, conditions and regulations as are from
time to time applicable to patrons of the Parking Area. 
 Subject to availability and at Landlord’s discretion, Tenant may, by
delivering to Landlord no less than 30 days’ prior written notice, convert two of its 13 unreserved parking spaces to reserved parking spaces in the Parking Area by paying to Landlord, concurrently with Tenant’s payment of Basic Rent, the
monthly parking rent for such reserved parking spaces at the rate of $55.00 per reserved parking space per month (plus all applicable taxes) during the initial Term; provided, that Landlord shall provide any requested reserved spaces as soon as such
reserved spaces become available. Tenant’s election to use such reserved spaces shall remain effective until the end of the Term. 
 Tenant shall at all times comply with all Laws respecting the use of the Parking Area. Landlord reserves the right to adopt, modify, and enforce reasonable rules and regulations governing the use of the Parking Area from time to time
including any key-card, sticker, or other identification or entrance systems and hours of operations. Landlord may refuse to permit any person who violates such rules and regulations to park in the Parking Area, and any violation of the rules and
regulations shall subject the car to removal from the Parking Area. 
 Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as
Landlord may approve, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking. Unless specified to the contrary above, the parking spaces provided hereunder shall be provided on an unreserved, “first-come, first
served” basis. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has arranged or may arrange for the Parking Area to be operated by an independent contractor, not affiliated with Landlord. 
 There will be a replacement charge payable by Tenant equal to the amount posted from time to time by Landlord for loss of any magnetic parking card or
parking sticker issued by Landlord. 
 All motor vehicles (including all contents thereof) shall be parked in the Parking Area at the sole
risk of Tenant and each other Tenant Party, it being expressly agreed and understood Landlord has no duty to insure any of said motor vehicles (including the contents thereof), and Landlord is not responsible for the protection and security of such
vehicles. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE, LANDLORD SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER FOR ANY PROPERTY DAMAGE OR LOSS WHICH MIGHT OCCUR ON THE PARKING AREA OR AS A RESULT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PARKING OF
MOTOR VEHICLES IN ANY OF THE PARKING SPACES. 
 If, for any reason, Landlord is unable to provide all or any portion of the parking
spaces to which Tenant is entitled hereunder, then Tenant’s obligation to pay for such parking spaces shall be abated for so long as Tenant does not have the use thereof; this abatement shall be in full settlement of all claims that Tenant
might otherwise have against Landlord because of Landlord’s failure or inability to provide Tenant with such parking spaces. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties. 
  

					
		  	1	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 EXHIBIT H 
 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL 
 Subject to then-existing renewal or expansion options of other
tenants and provided no Event of Default then exists, if Landlord receives a bona fide offer from a third party (the “Third Party Offer”) to lease the space designated on Exhibit A (the “Refusal
Space”) and Landlord is willing to accept the terms of such Third Party Offer, Landlord shall offer to lease to Tenant the Refusal Space on the same terms and conditions as the Third Party Offer; such offer shall be in writing, specify
the rent to be paid for the Refusal Space, contain the basic terms and conditions of the Third Party Offer and the date on which the Refusal Space shall be included in the Premises (the “Refusal Notice”). The Refusal Notice
shall be substantially similar to the Refusal Notice attached to this Exhibit. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether Tenant elects to lease the entire portion of the Refusal Space subject to the Third Party Offer on the same terms and
conditions as the Third Party Offer in the Refusal Notice, within five days after Landlord delivers to Tenant the Refusal Notice. If Tenant timely elects to lease the Refusal Space within such five day period, then Landlord and Tenant shall execute
an amendment to this Lease, effective as of the date the Refusal Space is to be included in the Premises, on the same terms as this Lease except (a) the Basic Rent shall be the amount specified in the Refusal Notice, (b) the term for the
Refusal Space shall be that specified in the Refusal Notice, (c) Tenant shall lease the Refusal Space in an “AS-IS” condition, Landlord shall not be required to perform any work therein, and Landlord shall not provide to Tenant any
allowances other than those contained in the Third Party Offer (e.g., moving allowance, construction allowance, and the like) if any, and (d) other terms set forth in this Lease which are inconsistent with the terms of the Refusal Notice shall
be modified accordingly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Refusal Notice includes space in excess of the Refusal Space, Tenant must exercise its right hereunder, if at all, as to all of the space contained in the Refusal Notice. If Tenant fails
or is unable to timely exercise its right hereunder, then such right shall lapse (it being understood that Tenant’s right under this Exhibit is a one-time right only), time being of the essence with respect to the exercise thereof, and Landlord
may lease all or a portion of the Refusal Space to third parties on such terms as Landlord may elect. Tenant may not exercise its rights under this Exhibit if an Event of Default exists or Tenant is not then occupying the entire Premises. For
purposes hereof, if an Refusal Notice is delivered for less than all of the Refusal Space but such notice provides for an expansion, right of first refusal, or other preferential right to lease some of the remaining portion of the Refusal Space,
then such remaining portion of the Refusal Space shall thereafter be excluded from the provisions of this Exhibit. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to pay a commission with respect to any space leased by Tenant under this Exhibit, and Tenant
and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

 Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit shall terminate if (a) this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises is
terminated, (b) Tenant assigns any of its interest in this Lease or sublets any portion of the Premises, (c) Tenant fails timely to exercise its option as to any portion of the Refusal Space, or (d) less than two full calendar years
remain on the initial Term of this Lease. 
  

					
		  	1	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 FORM OF REFUSAL NOTICE 
 [Insert Date of Notice] 
 BY TELECOPY AND FEDERAL EXPRESS 
 EnergyTec, Inc. 
 4965 Preston Park Boulevard, Suite 270-E 
 Plano, Texas 75093 
  

	 	Re:	Lease Agreement (the “Lease”) dated November 27, 2006, between CRP HOLDINGS V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
(“Landlord”), and ENERGYTEC, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Tenant”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall be given the meanings assigned to them in the Lease.

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 Pursuant
to the Right of First Refusal attached to the Lease, this is a Refusal Notice on Suite 280-E. The basic terms and conditions are as follows: 
  

			
	LOCATION:	  	______________________________
		
	SIZE:	  	                     rentable square feet
		
	BASIC RENT RATE:	  	$             per month
		
	TERM:	  	______________________________
		
	IMPROVEMENTS:	  	______________________________
		
	COMMENCEMENT:	  	______________________________
		
	PARKING TERMS:	  	______________________________
		
	OTHER MATERIAL TERMS:	  	______________________________

 Under the terms of the Right of First Refusal, you must exercise your rights, if at all, as to the
Refusal Space on the depiction attached to this Refusal Notice within five days after Landlord delivers such Refusal Notice. Accordingly, you have until 5:00 p.m. local time on
                    , 200__, to exercise your rights under the Right of First Refusal and accept the terms as contained herein, failing which
your rights under the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and Landlord shall be free to lease the Refusal Space to any third party. If possible, any earlier response would be appreciated. Please note that your acceptance of this Refusal Notice
shall be irrevocable and may not be rescinded. 
 Upon receipt of your acceptance herein, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to
the Lease memorializing the terms of this Refusal Notice including the inclusion of the Refusal Space in the Premises; provided, however, that the failure by Landlord and Tenant to execute such amendment shall not affect the inclusion of such
Refusal Space in the Premises in accordance with this Refusal Notice. 
  

					
		  	2	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 THE FAILURE TO ACCEPT THIS REFUSAL NOTICE BY (1) DESIGNATING THE “ACCEPTED” BOX, AND
(2) EXECUTING AND RETURNING THIS REFUSAL NOTICE TO LANDLORD WITHOUT MODIFICATION WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL BE DEEMED A WAIVER OF TENANT’S RIGHTS UNDER THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, AND TENANT SHALL HAVE NO FURTHER RIGHTS TO THE REFUSAL
SPACE. THE FAILURE TO EXECUTE THIS LETTER WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL BE DEEMED A WAIVER OF THIS REFUSAL NOTICE. 
 Should you have any
questions, do not hesitate to call. 
  

			
	Sincerely,
	
	  
		
	By:	 	  
		
	Name:	 	  
		
	Title:	 	  

 [please check appropriate box] 
 ACCEPTED         ̈ 
 REJECTED          ̈

  

			
	ENERGYTEC, INC., a Nevada corporation
		
	By:	 	  
		
	Name:	 	  
		
	Title:	 	  
		
	Date:	 	  

 Enclosure [attach depiction of Refusal Space] 
  

					
		  	3	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 EXHIBIT I 
 RENT ABATEMENT PROVISIONS 
 Basic Rent shall be conditionally abated during the first 120 days
of the Term. Commencing with the 121st day of the Term, Tenant shall make Basic Rent payments as otherwise provided in this Lease. Notwithstanding such abatement of Basic Rent (a) all other sums due under this Lease, including Additional Rent
and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Electrical Costs and Taxes, shall be payable as provided in this Lease, and (b) any increases in Basic Rent set forth in this Lease shall occur on the dates scheduled therefor. 
 The abatement of Basic Rent provided for in this Exhibit is conditioned upon Tenant’s full and timely performance of all of its obligations under
this Lease. If at any time during the Term an Event of Default by Tenant occurs, then the abatement of Basic Rent provided for in this Exhibit shall immediately become void, and Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord, in addition to all other amounts
due to Landlord under this Lease, the full amount of all Basic Rent herein abated. 
  

					
		  	1	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXAS

 EXHIBIT J 
 WAIVER OF CONSUMER RIGHTS 
 I waive my rights under the Deceptive Trade Practices-Consumer
Protection Act, Section 17.41 et seq., Texas Business & Commerce Code, a law that gives consumers special rights and protections. After consultation with an attorney of my own selection, I voluntarily consent to this waiver.

  

									
	LANDLORD:	 	CRP HOLDINGS V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
		 	By:	 	CRP Holdings GP-V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its general partner
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	/s/ Henry G. Brauer
		 		 		 		 	Henry G. Brauer, Executive Vice President
		
	TENANT:	 	ENERGYTEC, INC., a Nevada corporation
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	/s/ Dorothea Krempein
		 		 		 		 	Dorothea Krempein, Chief Financial Officer

  

					
		  	1	  	 PRESTON PARK FINANCIAL CENTER
EAST
 PLANO, TEXASIndenture dated April 17, 2007

 EXHIBIT 4.1 
  

 THE TRIZETTO GROUP, INC. 
 1.125% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012 
 INDENTURE 
 DATED AS OF APRIL 17, 2007 
 WELLS
FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 AS TRUSTEE 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	  	  	 	  	Page
	 
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
	  	1
			
	 Section 1.1.
	  	
Definitions	  	1
	 Section 1.2.
	  	
Other Definitions	  	7
	 Section 1.3.
	  	
Trust Indenture Act Provisions	  	9
	 Section 1.4.
	  	
Rules of Construction	  	9
		
	 
ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES 
	  	10
			
	 Section 2.1.
	  	
Form and Dating	  	10
	 Section 2.2.
	  	
Execution and Authentication	  	11
	 Section 2.3.
	  	
Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent	  	12
	 Section 2.4.
	  	
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	13
	 Section 2.5.
	  	
Noteholder Lists	  	13
	 Section 2.6.
	  	
Transfer and Exchange	  	13
	 Section 2.7.
	  	
Replacement Notes	  	14
	 Section 2.8.
	  	
Outstanding Notes	  	15
	 Section 2.9.
	  	
Treasury Notes	  	15
	 Section 2.10.
	  	
Temporary Notes	  	16
	 Section 2.11.
	  	
Cancellation	  	16
	 Section 2.12.
	  	
Legend; Additional Transfer and Exchange Requirements	  	16
	 Section 2.13.
	  	
CUSIP Numbers	  	18
	 Section 2.14.
	  	
Senior Unsecured Obligations	  	19
		
	 
ARTICLE 3 REPURCHASES UPON FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE 
	  	19
			
	 Section 3.1.
	  	
Repurchase of Notes at Option of the Holder Upon Fundamental Change 	  	19
		
	 
ARTICLE 4 CONVERSION 
	  	25
			
	 Section 4.1.
	  	
Conversion Privilege	  	25
	 Section 4.2.
	  	
Conversion Procedure; Conversion Rate; Fractional Shares; Settlement in Cash in Lieu of Common Stock	  	27
	 Section 4.3.
	  	
Adjustment of Conversion Rate for Common Stock	  	31
	 Section 4.4.
	  	
Consolidation or Merger of the Company	  	39
	 Section 4.5.
	  	
Notice of Adjustment	  	41
	 Section 4.6.
	  	
Notice in Certain Events	  	41
	 Section 4.7.
	  	
Company to Reserve Stock: Registration; Listing	  	42
	 Section 4.8.
	  	
Taxes on Conversion	  	42
	 Section 4.9.
	  	
Conversion After Record Date	  	43
	 Section 4.10.
	  	
Company Determination Final	  	43
	 Section 4.11.
	  	
Responsibility of Trustee for Conversion Provisions	  	43
	 Section 4.12.
	  	
Unconditional Right of Holders to Convert	  	44

  

 i 

					
	 Section 4.13.
	  	
Adjustment to the Conversion Rate Upon Certain Fundamental Changes 	  	44
		
	 
ARTICLE 5 COVENANTS 
	  	46
			
	 Section 5.1.
	  	
Payment of Notes	  	46
	 Section 5.2.
	  	
SEC Reports	  	46
	 Section 5.3.
	  	
Compliance Certificates	  	46
	 Section 5.4.
	  	
Further Instruments and Acts	  	47
	 Section 5.5.
	  	
Maintenance of Corporate Existence	  	47
	 Section 5.6.
	  	
Rule 144A Information Requirement	  	47
	 Section 5.7.
	  	
Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	47
	 Section 5.8.
	  	
Payment of Additional Interest	  	48
		
	 
ARTICLE 6 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE 
	  	48
			
	 Section 6.1.
	  	
Company May Consolidate, Etc, Only on Certain Terms	  	48
	 Section 6.2.
	  	
Successor Substituted	  	48
		
	 
ARTICLE 7 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 
	  	49
			
	 Section 7.1.
	  	
Events of Default	  	49
	 Section 7.2.
	  	
Acceleration	  	52
	 Section 7.3.
	  	
Other Remedies	  	52
	 Section 7.4.
	  	
Waiver of Defaults and Events of Default	  	53
	 Section 7.5.
	  	
Control by Majority	  	53
	 Section 7.6.
	  	
Limitations on Suits	  	53
	 Section 7.7.
	  	
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment and to Convert	  	54
	 Section 7.8.
	  	
Collection Suit by Trustee	  	54
	 Section 7.9.
	  	
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	54
	 Section 7.10.
	  	
Priorities	  	54
	 Section 7.11.
	  	
Undertaking for Costs	  	55
		
	 
ARTICLE 8 TRUSTEE 
	  	55
			
	 Section 8.1.
	  	
Duties of Trustee	  	55
	 Section 8.2.
	  	
Rights of Trustee	  	56
	 Section 8.3.
	  	
Individual Rights of Trustee	  	57
	 Section 8.4.
	  	
Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	57
	 Section 8.5.
	  	
Notice of Default or Events of Default	  	58
	 Section 8.6.
	  	
Reports by Trustee to Holders	  	58
	 Section 8.7.
	  	
Compensation and Indemnity	  	58
	 Section 8.8.
	  	
Replacement of Trustee	  	59
	 Section 8.9.
	  	
Successor Trustee By Merger, Etc.	  	60
	 Section 8.10.
	  	
Eligibility; Disqualification	  	60
	 Section 8.11.
	  	
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	60

  

 ii 

					
		
	 
ARTICLE 9 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE 
	  	60
			
	 Section 9.1.
	  	
Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	  	60
	 Section 9.2.
	  	
Application of Trust Money	  	61
	 Section 9.3.
	  	
Repayment to Company	  	61
	 Section 9.4.
	  	
Reinstatement	  	62
		
	 
ARTICLE 10 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 
	  	62
			
	 Section 10.1.
	  	
Without Consent of Holders	  	62
	 Section 10.2.
	  	
With Consent of Holders	  	63
	 Section 10.3.
	  	
Compliance With Trust Indenture Act	  	64
	 Section 10.4.
	  	
Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	64
	 Section 10.5.
	  	
Notation On or Exchange of Notes	  	64
	 Section 10.6.
	  	
Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.	  	65
	 Section 10.7.
	  	
Effect of Supplemental Indentures	  	65
		
	 
ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS 
	  	65
			
	 Section 11.1.
	  	
Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	65
	 Section 11.2.
	  	
Notices	  	65
	 Section 11.3.
	  	
Communications by Holders with Other Holders	  	66
	 Section 11.4.
	  	
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	66
	 Section 11.5.
	  	
Record Date for Vote or Consent of Noteholders	  	67
	 Section 11.6.
	  	
Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent	  	67
	 Section 11.7.
	  	
Legal Holidays	  	67
	 Section 11.8.
	  	
Governing Law	  	68
	 Section 11.9.
	  	
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	68
	 Section 11.10.
	  	
Successors	  	68
	 Section 11.11.
	  	
Multiple Counterparts	  	68
	 Section 11.12.
	  	
Separability	  	68
	 Section 11.13.
	  	
Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.	  	68
	 Section 11.14.
	  	
No Recourse Against Others	  	68
	 Section 11.15.
	  	
Calculations in Respect of Notes	  	69

  

 iii 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

					
	 TIA
Section
	  	 	  	Indenture
Section
	 Section
	  	310(a)(1)	  	8.10
		  	(a)(2)	  	8.10
		  	(a)(3)	  	N.A.**
		  	(a)(4)	  	N.A.
		  	(a)(5)	  	8.10
		  	(b)	  	8.8; 8.10
		  	(c)	  	N.A.
	 Section
	  	311(a)	  	8.11
		  	(b)	  	8.11
		  	(c)	  	N.A.
	 Section
	  	312(a)	  	2.5
		  	(b)	  	11.3
		  	(c)	  	11.3
	 Section
	  	313(a)	  	8.6
		  	(b)(1)	  	N.A.
		  	(b)(2)	  	8.6
		  	(c)	  	8.6; 11.2
		  	(d)	  	8.6
	 Section
	  	314(a)	  	6.2; 6.4; 11.2
		  	(b)	  	N.A.
		  	(c)(1)	  	11.4(a)
		  	(c)(2)	  	11.4(a)
		  	(c)(3)	  	N.A.
		  	(d)	  	N.A.
		  	(e)	  	11.4(b)
		  	(f)	  	N.A.
	 Section
	  	315(a)	  	8.1(b)
		  	(b)	  	8.5; 11.2
		  	(c)	  	8.1(a)
		  	(d)	  	8.1(c)
		  	(e)	  	7.11
	 Section
	  	316(a)(last sentence)	  	2.9
		  	(a)(1)(A)	  	7.5
		  	(a)(1)(B)	  	7.4
		  	(a)(2)	  	N.A.
		  	(b)	  	7.7
		  	(c)	  	11.5
	 Section
	  	317(a)(1)	  	7.8
		  	(a)(2)	  	7.9
		  	(b)	  	2.4

	*	This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Indenture. 

	**	N.A. means Not Applicable. 

  

 iv 

 THIS INDENTURE dated as of April 17, 2007 is between The TriZetto Group, Inc., a corporation duly
organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States, as Trustee (the
“Trustee”). 
 In consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, both parties agree as
follows for the benefit of the other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the registered Holders of the Company’s 1.125% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012. 
 
ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 
Section 1.1. Definitions. 
 “Additional Interest” has the meaning specified in
Paragraph 2 of the Note. 
 “Additional Notes” means any additional Notes issued under this Indenture following the Issuance
Date. 
 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified person, any other person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any person means the power to direct the management and policies of such person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Note, the rules
and procedures of the Depositary, in each case to the extent applicable to such transfer or exchange. 
 “Bid Solicitation
Agent” means, an agent selected by the Company to serve as bid solicitation agent hereunder, and, initially, the Trustee. 
 “Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Company or any committee of the Board of Directors authorized to act for it with respect to this Indenture. 
 “Business Day” means each day that is not a Legal Holiday. 
 “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other
equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. 
 “Cash” means such coin or currency of the United States as at any time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. 

 “Certificated Note” means a Note that is in substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A and that does not include the information or the schedule called for by footnotes 1 and 6 thereof. 
 “Closing Sale
Price” of one share of Common Stock on any Trading Day means the closing per share sale price of such Common Stock (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if there is more than one bid or ask
price, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on such Trading Day as reported in composite transactions on the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or if the Common Stock is not traded
on a U.S. national securities exchange, as reported by the Nasdaq Global Market system or by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated. In the absence of such a quotation, the Board of Directors of the Company shall be entitled to make a good faith
determination of the sale price on the basis it considers appropriate which shall be conclusive. 
 “Common Stock” means the
common stock of the Company, $0.001 par value, as it exists on the date of this Indenture and any shares of any class or classes of capital stock of the Company resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof and which have no
preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company and which are not subject to redemption by the Company; provided, however, that
if at any time there shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares of each such class then so issuable on conversion of Notes shall be substantially in the proportion which the total number of shares of such class resulting from all such
reclassifications bears to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all such reclassifications. 
 “Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such
successor Company. 
 “Conversion Price” means, at any time, $1,000 divided by the Conversion Rate in effect at such time,
rounded to two decimal places (rounded up if the third decimal place thereof is 5 or more and otherwise rounded down). 
 “Conversion
Rate” means initially 45.5114 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment as set forth herein. 
 “Conversion Value” means, for every $1,000 principal amount of a Note being converted, an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Conversion Values for each of the 40 Settlement Period Trading Days in the Settlement Period.

 “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which
at any particular time the trust created by this Indenture shall be administered which office at the date of the execution of this Indenture is located at 707 Wilshire Blvd, 17th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017, Attention: Corporate Trust Department, or at any other time at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time
by notice to the Company. 
  

 2 

 “Daily Conversion Value” means,
for any Settlement Period Trading Day, 1/40th of: 
 (1) the Conversion Rate in effect on that Settlement Period Trading Day multiplied by 
 (2) the VWAP of the Common Stock on that Settlement Period Trading Day. 
 “Daily Settlement Amount” means, for each of the Settlement Period Trading Days during the Settlement Period: 
 (1) an amount of Cash equal to the lesser of (x) $25 and (y) the Daily Conversion Value relating to such Settlement Period Trading Day; and 
 (2) if such Daily Conversion Value exceeds $25, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) the difference between such Daily Conversion Value
and $25, divided by (B) the VWAP of the Common Stock for such Settlement Period Trading Day. 
 “Default” or
“default” means, when used with respect to the Notes, any event which is or, after notice or passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time. 
 “Final Maturity Date” means April 15, 2012. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the date of this Indenture, including those set forth in (1) the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (2) the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (3) such other statements by such other entity
as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession and (4) the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in registration statements filed under the
Securities Act and periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC.

 “Global Note” means a permanent Global Note that is in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and
that includes the information and schedule called for by footnotes 1 and 6 thereof and which is deposited with the Depositary or its custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. 
 “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the person in whose name a Note is registered on the Primary Registrar’s books.

 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness, obligations and other
liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of such Person (i) for borrowed money (including obligations of such Person in respect of overdrafts, foreign exchange 
  

 3 

 contracts, currency exchange agreements, interest rate protection agreements, and any loans or advances from banks,
whether or not evidenced by notes or similar instruments) or (ii) evidenced by credit or loan agreements, bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or
to only a portion thereof) (other than any accounts payable or other accrued current liability or obligation incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the obtaining of materials or services), (b) all reimbursement
obligations and other liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances, (c) all obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of such Person (i) in
respect of leases of such Person required, in conformity with GAAP, to be accounted for as capitalized lease obligations on the balance sheet of such Person (as determined by the Company), or (ii) under any lease or related document (including
a purchase agreement, conditional sale or other title retention agreement) in connection with the lease of real property or improvement thereon (or any personal property included as part of any such lease) which provides that such Person is
contractually obligated to purchase or cause a third party to purchase the leased property or pay an agreed upon residual value of the leased property to the lessor (whether or not such lease transaction is characterized as an operating lease or a
capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP), (d) all obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person with respect to any interest rate or other swap, cap, floor or collar agreement, hedge agreement, forward contract, or other similar
instrument or agreement or foreign currency hedge, exchange, purchase or similar instrument or agreement; (e) all direct or indirect guaranties, agreements to be jointly liable or similar agreements by such Person in respect of, and obligations
or liabilities of such Person to purchase or otherwise acquire or otherwise assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of another Person of the kind described in clauses (a) through (d), and
(f) any and all deferrals, renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, any indebtedness, obligation or liability of the kind described in clauses (a) through (e). 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and UBS Securities LLC. 
 “Interest Payment Date” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 1 of the Note. 
 “Issuance Date” means the date on which any of the Notes are first authenticated and issued. 
 “Market Price” means with respect to Notes, as of any date of determination, the average of the secondary market bid quotations
expressed as an amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent for $5,000,000 principal amount of Notes at approximately 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date of determination from three nationally
recognized securities dealers (none of which shall be an Affiliate of the Company) selected by the Company, which may include any Initial Purchaser, provided, that if at least three such bids cannot be reasonably obtained by the Bid
Solicitation Agent, but two bids are obtained, then the average of the two bids shall be used, and if only one such bid can be reasonably 
  

 4 

 obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent, this one bid will be used; provided, however, if (a) the Bid
Solicitation Agent, through the exercise of reasonable efforts, is unable to obtain at least one such bid from a securities dealer selected by the Company, or (b) in the reasonable, good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, the bid
quotations are not indicative of the secondary market value of the Notes as of such date of determination, then the Market Price of a Note per $1,000 principal amount of the Note for such date of determination shall be equal to 97% of the product of
(1) the Conversion Rate in effect as of such date of determination multiplied by (2) the Closing Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on such date of determination. 
 “Measurement Period” means the last 30 consecutive Trading Days in a calendar quarter. 
 “Notes” means the 1.125% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012 issued on the Issuance Date and any Additional Notes, in each case as amended
and supplemented from time to time, that are issued under this Indenture. 
 “Notes Custodian” means the Trustee, as
custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor thereto. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman or any
Co-Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Assistant Controller or Assistant Secretary of the Company.

 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer
or principal accounting officer of the Company and by one other Officer. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion
from legal counsel experienced in such matters as are covered by the opinion. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Company or the Trustee. 
 “Person” or “person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “principal” of a debt security, including
the Notes, means the principal of the security. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement
dated, as of April 17, 2007, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global
Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any successor to such
Rule. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any successor to such Rule. 
 “Scheduled Trading Day” means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the principal United States national or regional securities
exchange or market on which the Common 
  

 5 

 Stock is listed or admitted for trading or, if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted for trading on any exchange or
market, a Business Day. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from
time to time. 
 “Settlement Period” means the 40 consecutive Settlement Period Trading Days: 
 (1) with respect to Conversion Dates occurring during the period beginning 45
Scheduled Trading Days preceding the maturity date, beginning on and including the 42nd Scheduled Trading Day
immediately preceding the Maturity Date; and 
 (2) in all other cases, beginning on and including the third Trading Day
following the Conversion Date. 
 “Settlement Period Market Disruption Event” means: 
 (1) a failure by the primary U.S. national securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading to open for trading
during its regular trading session; or 
 (2) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m. on any Trading Day for the Common Stock of an
aggregate one half hour period, of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options, contracts or future contracts
relating to the Common Stock. 
 “Settlement Period Trading Day” means a day during which: 
 (1) trading in the Common Stock occurs on the primary U.S. national securities exchange or market on which it is listed or admitted for trading; and

 (2) there is no Settlement Period Market Disruption Event; provided, however, that if the Common Stock is not traded on any
market, then “Settlement Period Trading Day” shall mean a day that the VWAP can be obtained. 
 “Significant
Subsidiary” means, in respect of any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person that would constitute a “significant subsidiary” as such term is defined under Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

 “Subsidiary” means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which
more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, general partners
or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person; (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. 
  

 6 

 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations
thereunder as in effect on the date of this Indenture, except as provided in Section 10.3, and except to the extent any amendment to the Trust Indenture Act expressly provides for application of the Trust Indenture Act as in effect on another
date. 
 “Trading Day” means, with respect to any security, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday, other than
any day on which securities are not generally traded on the principal exchange or market in which such security is traded. 
 “Transfer Restricted Note” means a Note required to bear the restricted legend set forth in the form of Note set forth in Exhibit A of this Indenture. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter means the successor. 
 “Trust Officer” means, with respect to the Trustee, any
officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office, and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Vice President” when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number
or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president.” 
 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all
classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof. 
 “VWAP” for the Common Stock means, with respect to any Settlement Period Trading Day during the Settlement
Period, the per share volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page TZIX.Q <equity> AQR in respect of the period from 9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on such Settlement
Period Trading Day; or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value per share of the Common Stock on such Settlement Period Trading Day as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained
for this purpose by the Company. 
 
Section 1.2. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	Term	  	Defined in Section
	 “Additional Extension Fee”
	  	7.1
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Aggregate Amount”
	  	4.3(f)

  

 7 

			
	Term	  	Defined in Section
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	  	7.1
	 “Change in Control”
	  	3.1(a)(i)
	 “Company Order”
	  	2.2
	 “Conversion Agent”
	  	2.3
	 “Conversion Date”
	  	4.2(a)
	 “Conversion Notice”
	  	4.2(a)
	 “Conversion Obligation”
	  	4.1
	 “Current Market Price”
	  	4.3(g)
	 “Custodian”
	  	7.1
	 “DTC”
	  	2.1
	 “Depositary”
	  	2.1
	 “Disposition Event”
	  	4.4
	 “distributed assets”
	  	4.3(d)
	 “Effective Date”
	  	4.13(b)
	 “Event of Default”
	  	7.1
	 “ ‘ex’ date”
	  	4.3(g)
	 “Expiration Date”
	  	4.3(f)
	 “Expiration Time”
	  	4.3(f)
	 “Extension Fee”
	  	7.1
	 “Fair Market Value”
	  	4.3(g)
	 “Fundamental Change”
	  	3.1(a)(i)
	 “Fundamental Change Company Notice”
	  	3.1(a)(ii)
	 “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date”
	  	3.1(a)(i)
	 “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice”
	  	3.1(a)(ii)
	 “Fundamental Change Repurchase Price”
	  	3.1(a)(ii)
	 “Fundamental Change Repurchase Right”
	  	3.1(a)(i)
	 “Legal Holiday”
	  	11.7
	 “Legend”
	  	2.12
	 “Nasdaq Share Limitation”
	  	4.2(a)
	 “Note Measurement Period”
	  	4.1(a)(ii)
	 “Notice of Default”
	  	7.1
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.3
	 “Primary Registrar”
	  	2.3
	 “Purchase Agreement”
	  	2.1
	 “Purchased Shares”
	  	4.3(f)
	 “Record Date”
	  	4.3(g)
	 “Reference Period”
	  	4.3(d)(ii)(1)
	 “Reference Property”
	  	4.4(c)
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.3

  

 8 

			
	Term	  	Defined in Section
	 “Regular Record Date”
	  	Paragraph 2 of the Note
	 “Spin-Off”
	  	4.3(d)(ii)(2)
	 “Stock Price”
	  	4.13(b)
	 “Termination of Trading”
	  	3.1(a)(i)
	 “Transfer Certificate”
	  	4.2(f)
	 “Trigger Event”
	  	4.3(d)(ii)(3)

 
Section 1.3. Trust Indenture Act Provisions. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, that
provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The Indenture shall also include those provisions of the TIA required to be included herein by the provisions of the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990. The following TIA
terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
 (a) “indenture securities” means the Notes; 
 (b) “indenture security holder” means a Noteholder; 
 (c) “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 
 (d) “indenture trustee” or
“institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 
 (e) “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company or any
other obligor on the Notes. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another
statute or defined by any SEC rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein. 
 
Section 1.4. Rules of Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (c) words in the singular
include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; 
 (d) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

 

 9 

 (e) the term “merger” includes a statutory share exchange and the term “merged” has a
correlative meaning; 
 (f) the masculine gender includes the feminine and the neuter; 
 (g) references to agreements and other instruments include subsequent amendments thereto; and 
 (h) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article,
Section or other subdivision. 
 
ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
 
Section 2.1. Form and Dating. 
 The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be
substantially in the respective forms set forth in Exhibit A, which Exhibit is incorporated in and made part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Company
shall provide any such notations, legends or endorsements to the Trustee in writing. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes issued on the Issuance Date are being offered and sold by the Company pursuant to a Purchase
Agreement, dated April 11, 2007 (the “Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and the Initial Purchaser, in transactions exempt from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
 (a) Restricted Global Notes. All of the Notes are initially being offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A in
reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Restricted Global Notes, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, at its Corporate
Trust Office, as custodian for the depositary, The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) (such depositary, or any successor thereto, being hereinafter referred to as the “Depositary”), and registered in the name of its
nominee, Cede & Co., duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on
the records of the Notes Custodian as hereinafter provided, subject in each case to compliance with the Applicable Procedures. 
 (b)
Global Notes In General. Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon
and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, repurchases or conversions of such Notes. Any adjustment of the aggregate principal amount of
a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the 
  

 10 

 Trustee in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.12 and shall be made on
the records of the Trustee and the Depositary. 
 Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall
have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or under the Global Note, and the Depositary (including, for this purpose, its nominee) may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any
agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall (A) prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the
Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or (B) impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the
rights of a Holder of any Note. 
 (c) Book Entry Provisions. The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this
Section 2.1(c), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary, (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s
instructions and (iii) shall bear legends substantially to the following effect: 
 “UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER,
PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO
AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND,
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.” 
 
Section 2.2. Execution and Authentication. 
 An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or
facsimile signature attested by the manual or facsimile signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the 
  

 11 

 Company. Typographic and other minor errors or defects in any such facsimile signature shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any Note which has been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer
holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an
authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes upon receipt of a written order or orders of the Company signed by an Officer of the
Company (a “Company Order”). The Company Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, shall provide that all such Notes will be represented by a Restricted Global Note and the date on which each original issue of
Notes is to be authenticated. 
 The Trustee shall act as the initial authenticating agent. Thereafter, the Trustee may appoint an
authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such
agent. An authenticating agent shall have the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 
 The Notes
shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any integral multiple thereof. 
 
Section 2.3. Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent. 
 The Company shall maintain one or more offices or
agencies where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (each, a “Registrar”), one or more offices or agencies where Notes may be presented for payment (each, a “Paying Agent”), one or
more offices or agencies where Notes may be presented for conversion (each, a “Conversion Agent”) and one or more offices or agencies where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. The Company will at all times maintain a Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, Registrar and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. One of the Registrars (the
“Primary Registrar”) shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. 
 The Company shall enter into
an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any Agent not a
party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent or agent for service of notices and demands in any place required by this Indenture, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act
as such. The Company or any Affiliate of the Company may act as Paying Agent (except for the purposes of Section 5.1 and Article 9). 
  

 12 

 The Company hereby initially designates the
Trustee as Paying Agent, Registrar, Notes Custodian, Bid Solicitation Agent and Conversion Agent, and each of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and the office or agency of the Trustee (located at 707 Wilshire Blvd, 17th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017, Attention: Corporate Trust Department), one such office or agency of the Company for each of the
aforesaid purposes. 
 
Section 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
 Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date
of the principal of or interest, if any, on any Notes, the Company shall deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal or interest, if any, so becoming due. A Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or
the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. If the
Company or an Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall, before 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of or interest on any Notes, segregate the money and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any
time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith to the Trustee all
sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent (other than the Company) shall have no further liability for the money. 
 
Section 2.5. Noteholder Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable
the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Primary Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee on or before each semiannual interest payment date, and at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders. 
 
Section 2.6. Transfer and Exchange. 
 Subject to compliance with any applicable additional requirements
contained in Section 2.12, when a Note is presented to a Registrar with a request to register a transfer thereof or to exchange such Note for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the
transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transactions are met; provided, however, that every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by
an assignment form and, if applicable, a transfer certificate each in the form included in Exhibit A, and in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit
registration of transfers and exchanges, upon surrender of any Note for registration of transfer or exchange at an office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 2.3, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes of a like
aggregate principal amount at the Registrar’s request. Any exchange or transfer shall be without charge, except that the Company or the Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be
imposed in relation thereto, and provided, that this sentence shall not apply to any exchange pursuant to Section 2.10, 2.12(a) or 10.5 not involving any transfer. 
  

 13 

 Neither the Company, any Registrar nor the Trustee shall be required to exchange or register a transfer
of any Notes or portions thereof in respect of which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been delivered and not withdrawn by the Holder thereof (except, in the case of the purchase of a Note in part, the portion thereof not to be purchased).

 All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange of Notes shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt and entitled
to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 Any Registrar appointed pursuant to
Section 2.3 shall provide to the Trustee such information as the Trustee may reasonably require in connection with the delivery by such Registrar of Notes upon transfer or exchange of Notes. 
 Each Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Company and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of
such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities law. 
 The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note
(including any transfers between or among Agent Members or other beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if
and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 
Section 2.7. Replacement Notes. 
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Company, a Registrar or the
Trustee, or the Company, a Registrar and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and there is delivered to the Company, the applicable Registrar and the Trustee such security or indemnity as
will be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company, such Registrar or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall execute, and upon its written request
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, or is about to be purchased by the
Company pursuant to Article 3, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay or purchase such Note, as the case may be. 
  

 14 

 Upon the issuance of any new Notes under this Section 2.7, the Company may require the payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee or the Registrar) in connection therewith. 

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.7 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original
additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any
and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 The provisions of this Section 2.7 are (to the extent lawful) exclusive and shall preclude
(to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 
 
Section 2.8. Outstanding Notes. 
 Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee,
except for those canceled by it, those converted pursuant to Article 4, those delivered to it for cancellation or surrendered for transfer or exchange and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Company receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced
Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If a Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds on a Fundamental
Change Repurchase Date or the Final Maturity Date money sufficient to pay the principal of and accrued interest on Notes (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Final Maturity
Date, as the case may be, such Notes (or portions thereof, as the case may be) shall cease to be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue. 
 Subject to the restrictions contained in Section 2.9, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 
 
Section 2.9. Treasury Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes
have concurred in any notice, direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes or by any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded, except that, for purposes of determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such notice, direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good
faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor on the Notes or any Affiliate of
the Company or of such other obligor. 
  

 15 

 
Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. 
 Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and
execute, and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company with the consent of the
Trustee considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 
Section 2.11. Cancellation. 
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.
The Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent shall forward to the Trustee or its agent any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange, payment or conversion. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel, in accordance with its standard
procedures, all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment, conversion or cancellation and shall deliver the canceled Notes to the Company. 
 
Section 2.12. Legend; Additional Transfer and Exchange Requirements. 
 (a) If Notes are issued
upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes subject to restrictions on transfer and bearing the legends set forth on the forms of Notes attached hereto as Exhibit A (collectively, the “Legend”), or if a request is
made to remove the Legend on a Note, the Notes so issued shall bear the Legend, or the Legend shall not be removed, as the case may be, unless there is delivered to the Company and the Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which shall include an
Opinion of Counsel if requested by the Company or such Registrar, as may be reasonably required by the Company and the Registrar, that neither the Legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers
thereof comply with the provisions of Rule 144A or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or that such Notes are not “restricted” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; provided, that no such evidence need be supplied
in connection with the sale of such Note pursuant to a registration statement that is effective at the time of such sale. Upon (i) provision of such satisfactory evidence if requested, or (ii) written notification by the Company to the
Trustee and Registrar of the sale of such Note pursuant to a registration statement that is effective at the time of such sale, the Trustee, at the written direction of the Company, shall authenticate and deliver a Note that does not bear the
Legend. If the Legend is removed from the face of a Note and the Note is subsequently held by an Affiliate of the Company, the Legend shall be reinstated. 
 (b) A Global Note may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than the Depositary or a nominee or any successor thereof, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered;
provided, that the foregoing shall not prohibit any transfer of a Note that is issued in exchange for a Global Note but is not itself a Global Note. No transfer of a Note to any Person shall be effective under this Indenture or the Notes
unless and until such Note has been registered in the name of such Person. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, transfers of a Global Note, in whole or in part, shall be made only in accordance with this
Section 2.12. 
  

 16 

 (c) Subject to the succeeding paragraph, every Note shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer
provided in the Legend other than a Restricted Global Note. Whenever any Transfer Restricted Note other than a Restricted Global Note is presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange for a Note registered in a name other than
that of the Holder, such Note must be accompanied by a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B, dated the date of such surrender and signed by the Holder of such Note, as to compliance with such restrictions on transfer.
The Registrar shall not be required to accept for such registration of transfer or exchange any Note not so accompanied by a properly completed certificate. 
 (d) The restrictions imposed by the Legend upon the transferability of any Note shall cease and terminate when such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or
transferred in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto) or, if earlier, upon the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor
provision). Any Note as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms or shall have terminated may, upon a surrender of such Note for exchange to the Registrar in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 2.12 (accompanied, in the event that such restrictions on transfer have terminated by reason of a transfer in compliance with Rule 144 or any successor provision, by, if requested, an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the
Company, addressed to the Company and in form acceptable to the Company, to the effect that the transfer of such Note has been made in compliance with Rule 144 or such successor provision), be exchanged for a new Note, of like tenor and aggregate
principal amount, which shall not bear the restrictive Legend. The Company shall inform the Trustee of the effective date of any registration statement registering the Notes under the Securities Act. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the aforementioned Opinion of Counsel or registration statement. 
 (e)
As used in the preceding two paragraphs of this Section 2.12, the term “transfer” encompasses any sale, pledge, transfer, hypothecation or other disposition of any Note. 
 (f) The provisions of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) below shall apply only to Global Notes: 
 (i) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or the Notes, a Global Note shall not be exchanged in whole or in part for a Note registered in
the name of any Person other than the Depositary or one or more nominees thereof, provided, that a Global Note may be exchanged for Notes registered in the names of any person designated by the Depositary in the event that (A) the
Depositary has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or such Depositary has ceased to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor Depositary is not
appointed by the Company within 90 days, (B) the Company has provided the Depositary with written notice that it has decided to discontinue use of the system of book-entry transfer through the Depositary or any successor Depositary or
(C) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Notes. Any Global Note exchanged pursuant to clauses (A) or (B) above shall be so exchanged in whole and not in part, and any Global Note exchanged pursuant to
clause (C) above may be exchanged in whole or from time to time in part as directed by the Depositary. Any Note issued in exchange for a Global Note or any portion thereof shall be a Global Note;  
  

 17 

 provided, that any such Note so issued that is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary or a
nominee thereof shall not be a Global Note. 
 (ii) Notes issued in exchange for a Global Note or any portion thereof shall be issued in
definitive, fully-registered book-entry form, without interest coupons, shall have an aggregate principal amount equal to that of such Global Note or portion thereof to be so exchanged, shall be registered in such names and be in such authorized
denominations as the Depositary shall designate and shall bear the applicable legends provided for herein. Any Global Note to be exchanged in whole shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, as Registrar. With regard to any Global Note
to be exchanged in part, either such Global Note shall be so surrendered for exchange or, if the Trustee is acting as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee with respect to such Global Note, the principal amount thereof shall be reduced, by an
amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Trustee. Upon any such surrender or adjustment, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Note issuable on such exchange to
or upon the order of the Depositary or an authorized representative thereof. 
 (iii) Subject to the provisions of clause (v) below, the
registered Holder may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 (iv) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (i) above, the Company will promptly make available to
the Trustee a reasonable supply of Certificated Notes in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons. 
 (v) Neither Agent
Members nor any other Persons on whose behalf Agent Members may act shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note registered in the name of the Depositary or any nominee thereof, or under any such Global Note, and the
Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, or
impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any Note. 
 
Section 2.13. CUSIP Numbers. 
 The Company in issuing the Notes may use one or more “CUSIP” numbers
(if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such
numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers. 
  

 18 

 
Section 2.14. Senior Unsecured Obligations. 
 The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and
rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company senior to existing and future subordinated indebtedness and junior to the existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent
of the security therefor of the Company. 
 
ARTICLE 3 
 REPURCHASES UPON FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE 
 
Section 3.1. Repurchase of Notes at Option of the Holder Upon Fundamental Change. 
 (a) Fundamental Change
Put. 
 (i) General. In the event any Fundamental Change (as defined below) shall occur, each Holder of Notes shall have the right
(the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Right”), at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase all of such Holder’s Notes (or portions thereof that are integral multiples of $1,000 in principal amount), on a
date selected by the Company (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date”), which Fundamental Change Repurchase Date shall be no later than thirty (30) Trading Days, and no earlier than twenty (20) Trading Days, after the
date the Fundamental Change Notice (as defined below) is mailed in accordance with Section 3.1(a)(ii), and no earlier than the date such Fundamental Change occurs, at a price, payable in Cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes
(or portions thereof) to be so repurchased (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Price”), plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. 

A “Fundamental Change” shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of either a “Change in Control” or a
“Termination of Trading.” 
 A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs
after the date hereof: 
 (1) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used for purposes of Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or one of the Company’s employee benefits plans is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act),
directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the Company’s Voting Stock; 
 (2) the sale, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Company to any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), including any group
acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of securities within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act; 
  

 19 

 (3) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, another person or any person
consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event other than pursuant to a transaction in which either: 
 (A) the persons that “beneficially owned” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, the shares of the Company’s Voting Stock immediately prior to such consolidation or merger,
“beneficially own” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, immediately after such consolidation or merger, shares of the surviving or continuing corporation’s Voting Stock representing at
least a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of Voting Stock of the surviving or continuing corporation in substantially the same proportion as such ownership immediately prior to the transaction; or 
 (B) both of the following conditions are satisfied: 
 (i) at least ninety percent (90%) of the consideration (other than Cash payments for fractional shares or pursuant to statutory
appraisal rights) in such consolidation or merger consists of common stock and any associated rights traded on a U.S. national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market (or which shall be so traded or quoted when issued or exchanged
in connection with such consolidation or merger); and 
 (ii) as a result of such consolidation or merger, the Notes become
convertible solely into the same consideration which a Holder would have received if the Holder had converted such Notes immediately prior to the effective date of such consolidation or merger, as provided under Section 4.4; 
 (4) at any time the following persons cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors:

 (A) individuals who on the Issuance Date constituted the Company’s Board of Directors; and 
 (B) any new directors whose appointment to the Company’s Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the Company’s
shareholders was approved by at least a majority of the directors of the Company then still in office either who were directors of the Company on the Issuance Date or whose appointment or nomination for election was previously so approved; and

 (5) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or holders of the Company’s Capital Stock approve any plan for the
Company’s liquidation or dissolution. 
 A “Termination of Trading” shall be deemed to have occurred if, after the date
hereof, the Common Stock (or other common stock into which the Notes are then convertible) is neither 
  

 20 

 listed for trading on a U.S. national securities exchange nor approved for trading on an established automated
over-the-counter trading market in the United States. 
 (ii) Notice of Fundamental Change. No later than 20 Business Days after the
occurrence of a Fundamental Change the Company shall mail a written notice of such occurrence (the “Fundamental Change Company Notice”) by first class mail to the Trustee and to each Holder (and to beneficial owners as required by
applicable law), shall publish such Fundamental Change Company Notice on the Company’s website and shall publicly announce the occurrence of such Fundamental Change through a reputable national newswire service. The notice shall include a form
of notice to be completed by the Holder in the event the Holder elects such right to repurchase pursuant to this Section 3.1 (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice”) and shall briefly state, as applicable: 
 (1) the events causing a Fundamental Change and the date of such Fundamental Change; 
 (2) that the Holder has a right to require the Company to repurchase the Holder’s Notes; 
 (3) the date by which the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice must be delivered to the Paying Agent in order for a Holder to exercise
the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right; 
 (4) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; 
 (5) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price; 
 (6) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent; 
 (7) the Conversion Rate applicable on the date of the Fundamental Change Company Notice and any adjustments to the Conversion Rate that
will result from the Fundamental Change; 
 (8) that the Notes as to which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been
given may be converted if they are otherwise convertible pursuant to Article 4 only if the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
 (9) that the Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect payment; 
 (10) that the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for any Note as to which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been duly given and
not withdrawn will be paid promptly but in no event more than five (5) Business Days following the later of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of surrender of such Note with the necessary endorsements; 
  

 21 

 (11) the procedures the Holder must follow to exercise its put right under this
Section 3.1(a); 
 (12) the conversion rights, if any, of the Notes; 
 (13) the procedures for withdrawing a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice; 
 (14) that, unless the Company defaults in making payment of such Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, interest (including Additional
Interest, if any) on Notes surrendered for repurchase by the Company will cease to accrue on and after the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; and 
 (15) the CUSIP number(s) of the Notes. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the
Fundamental Change Company Notice in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, the Company makes such request at least three Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the
Trustee) prior to the date by which such Fundamental Change Company Notice must be given to the Holders in accordance with this Section 3.1(a)(ii); provided, further, that the text of the Fundamental Change Company Notice shall be
prepared by the Company. 
 (iii) Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. A Holder may exercise its right specified in Section 3.1(a)(i)
upon delivery of a properly completed Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice to the Paying Agent at any time from the opening of business on the date of the Fundamental Change Company Notice until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day
immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, stating: 
 (1) the certificate number of the Note which the
Holder will deliver to be repurchased or the appropriate depositary procedures if Certificated Notes have not been issued; 
 (2) the portion of the principal amount of the Note which the Holder will deliver to be repurchased, which portion must be $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000; and 
 (3) that such Note shall be repurchased on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the
Notes and in this Indenture. 
 The delivery of such Note to the Paying Agent with, or at any time after delivery of, the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Notice (together with all necessary endorsements) at the offices of the Paying Agent shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price therefor; provided, however, that such
Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) only if the Note so delivered to the Paying Agent shall conform in all respects to the description thereof set forth in the related Fundamental Change
Repurchase Notice. 
  

 22 

 The Company shall repurchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 3.1(a), a portion of
a Note, so long as the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the repurchase of all of a Note also apply to the repurchase of such portion of such Note. 
 Any repurchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.1(a) shall be consummated by the delivery of the
consideration to be received by the Holder promptly but in no event more than five (5) Business Days following the later of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of delivery of the Note with the necessary endorsements. 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice
contemplated by this Section 3.1(a)(iii) shall have the right to withdraw such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase
Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with Section 3.1(b). 
 The Paying Agent shall
promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof. 
 (b)
Effect of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. 
 Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice specified in
Section 3.1(a)(iii), the Holder of the Note in respect of which such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice was given shall (unless such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in the following paragraph) thereafter be
entitled to receive solely the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Note. Such Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be paid to such Holder, subject to receipt of Cash by the Paying Agent, promptly but in no event more then
five (5) Business Days following the later of (a) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date with respect to such Note (provided the conditions in Section 3.1(a)(iii) have been satisfied) and (b) the time of delivery of such Note to
the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 3.1(a)(iii). Notes in respect of which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof may not be converted pursuant to Article 4 on or after
the date of the delivery of such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice unless such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn as specified in the following paragraph. 
 A Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the office of the Paying Agent in
accordance with the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, specifying: 
 (i) the Holder’s name and election to withdraw such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice; 
 (ii) the principal amount of the Note (which must be in an integral multiple of $1,000) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being
submitted; 
  

 23 

 (iii) the certificate number (if in certificated form) or the appropriate Depository procedures, if
applicable, of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted; and 
 (iv) the principal amount, if any, of such
Note which remains subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and which has been or will be delivered for repurchase by the Company. 
 (c) Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. 
 Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the
applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any of them is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in
Section 2.4) an amount of Cash (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Business Day) sufficient to pay the aggregate Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on
all the Notes or portions thereof which are to be repurchased on such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. 
 If the Paying Agent holds, in
accordance with the terms hereof, at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, Cash sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional
Interest, if any) on any Notes for which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to Section 3.1(b), then, on and after such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, such Notes will cease to be outstanding
and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes will cease to accrue, whether or not such Notes are delivered to the Paying Agent, and the rights of the Holders in respect thereof shall terminate (other than the right to receive
the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price upon delivery of such Notes, together with necessary endorsements) and the repurchased Notes will be cancelled. 
 (d) Notes Repurchased in Part. 
 Any Certificated Note which is to be repurchased only in part shall be
surrendered at the office of the Paying Agent (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such
Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note, without charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such
Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the portion of the principal amount of the Note so surrendered which is not repurchased. 
 (e) Covenant to Comply With Securities Laws Upon Repurchase of Notes. 
 When complying with the provisions
of Section 3.1(a) hereof (provided, that such offer or purchase constitutes an “issuer tender offer” for purposes of Rule 13e-4 (which term, as used herein, includes any successor provision thereto) under the Exchange Act at
the time of such offer or purchase), and subject to any exemptions available under applicable law, the Company shall: 
  

 24 

 (i) comply with Rule 13e-4 and Rule 14e-1 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act, as
applicable; 
 (ii) file the related Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) under the Exchange Act, as applicable; and

 (iii) otherwise comply with all federal and state securities laws so as to permit the rights and obligations under this Section 3.1
to be exercised in the time and in the manner specified therein. 
 To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with the provisions of this Section 3.1, the Company’s compliance with such laws and regulations shall not in and of itself cause a breach of its obligations under this Section 3.1. 
 (f) Repayment to the Company. 
 The Paying
Agent shall return to the Company any Cash that remains unclaimed for two years, together with interest, if any, thereon, held by it for the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price; provided, however, to the extent that the
aggregate amount of Cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 3.1(c) exceeds the aggregate Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof which the Company is obligated to repurchase as of the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Date then, promptly after the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Paying Agent shall return any such excess to the Company. 
 
ARTICLE 4 
 CONVERSION 
 
Section 4.1. Conversion Privilege. 
 (a) Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article
4, a Holder of a Note shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to convert all or any portion (if the portion to be converted is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of such Note into shares of Common Stock (the “Conversion
Obligation”) or at the Company’s election as described in this Article 4, into Cash or a combination of shares of Common Stock and Cash, only as follows: 
 (i) prior to January 15, 2012, during any calendar quarter (and only during that calendar quarter) after the calendar quarter ending June 30, 2007, if the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock for at least
20 Trading Days in the Measurement Period of the immediately preceding calendar quarter exceeds 130% of the Conversion Price in effect on the last Trading Day of such Measurement Period; provided that the Company’s Board of Directors
will make appropriate adjustments, in its good faith determination, to account for any adjustment to the Conversion Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Rate where the “ex” date of the event
occurs, during that 30 consecutive Trading Day period; 
 (ii) prior to January 15, 2012, during any five consecutive Business Day
period immediately following any five consecutive Trading Day period (the “Note Measurement Period”) in which the average Market Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes during such 
  

 25 

 Note Measurement Period was equal to or less than 97% of the average Conversion Value during such Note Measurement
Period; provided that, for purposes of this Section 4.1(ii), the Conversion Value per $1,000 principal amount of Note on a Trading Day is the amount equal to the product of the Closing Sale Price at such time multiplied by the then
current Conversion Rate; and provided further that (A) the Bid Solicitation Agent will have no obligation to determine the Market Price of the notes unless the Company has requested it to do so, (B) the Company will have no
obligation to request that the Bid Solicitation Agent determine the Market Price of the notes unless a Holder provides the Company with reasonable evidence that the Market Price per $1,000 principal amount of notes would be equal to or less than 97%
of the of the product of (1) the Conversion Rate in effect as of such date of determination multiplied by (2) the Closing Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on such date of determination and (C) at such time the Company will
instruct the Bid Solicitation Agent to determine the trading price of the notes for each of the next five Trading Days and on each following Trading Day until the average Market Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes during any five consecutive
Trading Day period is no longer equal to or less than 97% of the average Conversion Value during such period; and 
 (iii) at any time on or
after January 15, 2012 until the third Scheduled Trading Day prior to Final Maturity. 
 (b) In addition, 
 (i) if the Company elects to distribute to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock: 
 (A) certain rights or warrants, as described in Section 4.3(c), exercisable for not more than 60 days immediately following the
Record Date for such distribution, entitling them to purchase or subscribe for Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock at less than the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on the Record Date
for such distribution of the rights or warrants other than pursuant to a shareholder rights plan; or 
 (B) Shares of
Capital Stock (other than Common Stock, evidences of Indebtedness or non-Cash assets or certain rights or warrants to purchase or subscribe for securities of the Company as described in Section 4.3(d)); or 
 (C) Cash as described in Section 4.3(e) (excluding any Cash that is distributed upon a reclassification, change, merger,
consolidation, statutory share exchange, combination, sale or conveyance to which Sections 4.4 or 4.13 apply, Cash distributed as part of a distribution referred to in Section 4.3(d), or any Cash that is distributed pursuant to a tender offer
to which Section 4.3(f) applies); or 
 (D) Cash or other consideration in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer
made by the Company or any subsidiary for all or any portion of 
  

 26 

 the Common Stock as described in Section 4.3(f) (excluding any Cash that is distributed upon a
reclassification, change, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange, combination, sale or conveyance to which Section 4.4 applies or as part of a distribution referred to in Sections 4.3(d) or 4.3(e)), where the Aggregate Amount (as
defined in Section 4.3(f)) expressed as an amount per share of the Purchased Shares (as defined in Section 4.3(f)) exceeds the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Expiration Date on which tenders or exchanges could have been made
pursuant to such tender offer or exchange offer (as the same may be amended through the Expiration Date); 
 then, in each case, the Company must notify, in
writing, Holders of Notes of the occurrence of such an event (i) in respect of clauses (A) and (B) above (and with respect to (B) above, such dividend or distribution has a per share value exceeding 10% of the price per share of
the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date that such dividend or distribution was first publicly announced) at least 45 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the record date, effective date or expiration date, as the case may be,
for any such distribution, and (ii) in respect of clauses (C) and (D) above, if such dividend or distribution has a per share value exceeding 10% of the price per share of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the
date that such dividend or distribution was first publicly announced, as soon as practicable. Once the Company has given such notice, Holders may surrender their Notes for conversion at any time until the earlier of the close of business on the
Business Day immediately preceding the “ex” date or the date of announcement by the Company that the distribution will not take place. No adjustment shall be made to the ability of a Holder of Notes to convert if such Holder may
participate in the distribution without conversion. 
 (ii) if the Company becomes party to a Fundamental Change (without giving effect to
clause 3(B) in the definition of Change in Control), then a Holder may surrender the Notes for conversion at any time from the date the Company announces the occurrence of the Fundamental Change to the date that is forty (40) days after the
Company announces that such Fundamental Change has occurred. 
 
Section 4.2. Conversion Procedure; Conversion Rate; Fractional Shares; Settlement in Cash in Lieu of Common Stock. 
 (a) To convert a Note, a Holder must satisfy the requirements of Paragraph 7 of the Notes. Each Note shall be convertible at the office of the Conversion Agent into fully paid and nonassessable shares (calculated to the nearest 1/100th of a
share) of Common Stock. Subject to the Company’s rights pursuant to this Section 4.2(a), the Note will be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate therefor. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, all Holders’ rights with respect to the conversion of the Notes and the
Company’s Conversion Obligation are subject, in their entirety, to the Company’s right, in its sole discretion, to elect to satisfy its Conversion Obligation as provided in this Section 4.2(a). 
 The Company shall not issue any fraction of a share of Common Stock in connection with any conversion of Notes, but instead shall, subject to this
Section 4.2(a), make a Cash 
  

 27 

 payment equal to such fraction multiplied by the daily VWAP of the Common Stock on (i) the Conversion Date, in the
event that the Settlement Amount is computed pursuant to clause (1) below, and (ii) the last day of the applicable Settlement Period, in the event that the Settlement Amount is computed pursuant to clauses (2) or (3) below.

 Before any Holder of a Note shall be entitled to convert the same into Common Stock, such Holder shall, in the case of Notes issued in
global form, comply with the procedures of the Depositary in effect at that time, and in the case of Certificated Notes, surrender such Notes, duly endorsed to the Company or in blank, at the office of the Conversion Agent, and shall give written
notice to the Company at said office or place in the form of the Conversion Notice attached to the Note (the “Conversion Notice”) that such Holder elects to convert the same and shall state in writing therein the principal amount of
Note to be converted and the name or names (with addresses) in which such Holder wishes the certificate or certificates for Common Stock to be issued. Before any such conversion, a Holder also shall pay all funds required, if any, relating to
interest on the Notes, as provided in Section 4.9, and all taxes or duties, if any, as provided in Section 4.8. A Note shall be deemed to have been converted as of the close of business on the date on which all of the foregoing
requirements have been satisfied (such date, the “Conversion Date”). 
 Except to the extent that the Company makes the Irrevocable Payment Election (as defined below), the Company may elect to deliver shares of Common Stock, Cash or a combination of Cash and shares of Common Stock in satisfaction of a
Conversion Obligation by providing the Holder and the Trustee with notice of the method of settlement at any time on or before the close of business on the second Trading Day following the Conversion Date; provided, however, that the
Company will only be permitted to make a single election for all Notes for which the Conversion Date is on or after the 45th Scheduled Trading Day preceding the Final Maturity Date, and such election shall be made on or before the close of business on the Trading Day immediately preceding such 45th Scheduled Trading Day. Any such notice that includes an election to settle a conversion in the manner described in clause (3) below will state the
maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered in respect of such conversion after giving effect to the Nasdaq Share Limitation on delivery of shares contained in the last paragraph of this Section 4.2(a) if the Company
believes, in its reasonable judgment, that such limitation will apply. If the Company does not make such election, all Conversion Obligations will be settled in shares of Common Stock as set forth in clause (1) below. Settlement of Conversion
Obligations (regardless of whether made solely in Cash, solely in shares of Common Stock or a combination thereof) will occur on the third Trading Day following the final Settlement Period Trading Day of the Settlement Period. 
 The Company will settle any Conversion Obligation as follows: 
 (1) if the Company elects to satisfy the entire Conversion Obligation in shares of Common Stock only, the Company will deliver to the
Holder for each $1,000 principal amount of the Notes converted, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date (plus cash in lieu of fractional shares, if applicable, in accordance with this
Section 4.2); 
  

 28 

 (2) if the Company elects to satisfy the entire Conversion Obligation in Cash only, the
Company will deliver to the Holder for each $1,000 principal amount of the Notes converted Cash in an amount equal to the Conversion Value; and 
 (3) if the Company elects to satisfy the Conversion Obligation in a combination of Cash and shares of Common Stock, the Company will deliver to the Holder for each $1,000 principal amount of the Notes converted, Cash
and shares of Common Stock, if applicable, equal to the sum of the Daily Settlement Amounts for each of the Settlement Period Trading Days during the related Settlement Period (plus Cash in lieu of fractional shares if applicable, pursuant to this
Section 4.2). 
 However, at any time on or before the 45th Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Final Maturity Date, the Company may irrevocably elect (the
“Irrevocable Payment Election”), in its sole discretion and without the consent of any Holder, to satisfy conversions of the Notes in the manner set forth in clause (3) above. 
 In connection with any election to settle a Conversion Obligation in accordance with clause (3) above, the Company will not issue shares of Common
Stock in excess of 19.99% of its then outstanding Common Stock in compliance with the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market (the “Nasdaq Share Limitation.”) Any remaining Conversion Obligation will be comprised
of Cash (based on the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date on which such shares of Common Stock would be required to be delivered but for the Nasdaq Share Limitation). 
 Upon making the Irrevocable Payment Election, the Company will notify the Trustee and the Holders through the Trustee of such election. The Company will
also, simultaneously with providing the notice to the Trustee, issue a press release containing the same information as the notice, and will make the conversion information available on the Company’s website. 
 (b) From and after the close of business on the Conversion Date of a Note, the person in whose name any certificate representing Common Stock issued
pursuant to this Section 4.2, if any, is to be registered shall be treated as a stockholder of record of the Company, and all rights of the Holder of such Note shall terminate, other than the right to receive the consideration deliverable upon
conversion of such Note as provided herein. A Holder of Notes is not entitled, as such, to any rights of a holder of Common Stock until such Holder has converted its Notes into shares of Common Stock (to the extent such Notes are convertible into
shares of Common Stock) or is deemed to be a stockholder of record of the Company, as provided in this Section 4.2(b). 
 (c) If a
Holder converts more than one Note at a time, the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, if any, shall be based on the aggregate principal amount of the Notes converted. 
 (d) In case any Certificated Note shall be surrendered for partial conversion, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, upon the written order of
the Company, authenticate and deliver to the Holder of the Note so surrendered, without charge to such Holder (subject to the provisions of Section 4.8 hereof), a new Note or Notes in authorized 
  

 29 

 denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Certificated Notes.

 (e) If the last day on which a Note may be converted is a Legal Holiday in a place where a Conversion Agent is located, the Note may be
surrendered to that Conversion Agent on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday. 
 (f) If shares of Common Stock to be issued
upon conversion of a Restricted Note are to be issued in the name of a Person other than the Holder of such Restricted Note, such Holder must deliver to the Conversion Agent a certification in substantially the form set forth in a Transfer
Certificate attached to the Note (the “Transfer Certificate”) dated the date of surrender of such Restricted Note and signed by such Holder, as to compliance with the restrictions on transfer applicable to such Restricted Note. The
Company shall not be required to issue Common Stock upon conversion of any such Restricted Note to a Person other than the Holder if such Restricted Note is not so accompanied by a properly completed Transfer Certificate, and the Registrar shall not
be required to register Common Stock upon conversion of any such Restricted Note in the name of a Person other than the Holder if such Restricted Note is not so accompanied by a properly completed Transfer Certificate. 
 (g) Delivery of shares of Common Stock and Cash in respect of conversion to a Holder of a Note upon conversion of such Note shall be accompanied by
delivery to the Conversion Agent of certificates for the relevant number of shares, other than in the case of Holders of Notes in book-entry form with the Depositary, which shares shall be delivered in accordance with the Depositary’s customary
practices and delivery of Cash in respect of conversion to the Conversion Agent or the Depositary, as applicable, for delivery to the Holder. 
 (h) If a Holder exercises its right to require the Company to repurchase the Notes as described in Article 3, such Holder may convert its Notes as provided above only if it withdraws its applicable Repurchase Notice or Fundamental Change
Repurchase Notice and converts its Notes prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Repurchase Date or Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. 
 (i) Whenever any event described in Section 4.1 shall occur which shall cause the Notes to become convertible as provided in this Article 4, the
Company shall, as promptly as practicable, deliver, in accordance with Section 11.2, written notice of the convertibility of the Notes to the Trustee and each Holder and shall, issue a press release and make a posting on its website, stating
that the Notes have become convertible. Such written notice and public announcement shall include: 
 (i) a description of such event;

 (ii) a description of the periods during which the Notes shall be convertible as provided in this Article 4 as a result of such event;

 (iii) a statement of whether an increase in the Conversion Rate shall take effect in respect of such event pursuant to Section 4.13
and whether the Company has elected to change the Conversion Obligation in respect of such event pursuant to Section 4.13; and 
  

 30 

 (iv) the procedures Holders must follow to convert their notes in accordance with this Article 4,
including the name and address of the Conversion Agent. 
 
Section 4.3. Adjustment of Conversion Rate for Common Stock. 
 The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted from
time to time as follows: 
 (a) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of the Notes are outstanding, pay a
dividend or make a distribution in shares of Common Stock to all holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the date next following the Record Date fixed for the determination
of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution shall be increased by multiplying such Conversion Rate by a fraction: 
 (i) the numerator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on such Record Date fixed for such determination and the total number of shares constituting such dividend or other
distribution; and 
 (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on such
Record Date fixed for such determination. 
 Such increase shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day
following the Record Date fixed for such determination. 
 If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 4.3(a)
is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. 
 (b) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of the Notes are outstanding, subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock
into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective shall be proportionately increased, and conversely, in case the
Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of the Notes are outstanding, combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on
the day following the day upon which such combination becomes effective shall be proportionately decreased. In each such case, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted by multiplying such Conversion Rate by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such subdivision or combination and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such subdivision or
combination. Such increase or reduction, as the case may be, shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision or combination becomes effective. 
 (c) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of the Notes are outstanding, issue rights or warrants for a period expiring
within 60 days after the record date of such issuance (other than any rights or warrants issued pursuant to the Company’s shareholder rights plan), to all or substantially all holders of its shares of Common Stock 
  

 31 

 entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or
exercisable for shares of Common Stock), at a price per share (or having a conversion, exchange or exercise price per share) less than the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on the record date for such issuance, then the Conversion Rate shall
be adjusted so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the date after such date of announcement by a fraction: 
 (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date of announcement, plus the total
number of additional shares of Common Stock so offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible, exchangeable or exercisable securities so offered are convertible, exchangeable or exercisable); and 
 (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the close of business on the date of announcement, plus the
number of shares (or convertible, exchangeable or exercisable securities) which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares (or convertible, exchangeable or exercisable securities) so offered for subscription or purchase (or the
aggregate conversion, exchange or exercise price of the convertible securities so offered) would purchase at the Current Market Price of the Common Stock on the record date for such issuance (determined by multiplying such total number of shares so
offered by the conversion, exchange or exercise price of such rights or warrants and dividing the product so obtained by such Current Market Price). 
 Such adjustment shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date of announcement of such issuance. 
 To the extent that shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock) are not delivered
pursuant to such rights or warrants, upon the expiration or termination of such rights or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such
rights or warrants been made on the basis of the delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock) actually delivered. In the event that such rights or
warrants are not so issued, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants had not been fixed.
In determining whether any rights or warrants entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at less than such Current Market Price, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall
be taken into account any consideration received for such rights or warrants and the value of such consideration if other than Cash, to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 (d) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of the Notes are outstanding, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all or
substantially all holders of its shares of Common Stock (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and the Common Stock is not changed or exchanged), shares
of its Capital Stock (other than any dividends or 
  

 32 

 distributions to which Section 4.3(a) applies), evidences of its Indebtedness or other non-Cash assets, including
securities, or rights or warrants to purchase or subscribe for our securities but excluding (w) any rights or warrants referred to in Section 4.3(c), (x) dividends or distributions of stock referred to in Section 4.3(a),
(y) dividends or distributions to which Section 4.3(f) applies, and (z) dividends and distributions paid exclusively in Cash) (such non-excluded Capital Stock, evidence of its Indebtedness, other non-Cash assets, rights or warrants
being distributed hereinafter in this Section 4.3(d) called the “distributed assets”), then, in each such case, subject to the other provisions of this Section 4.3(d), the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the
same shall be equal to the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the Record Date with respect to such distribution by a fraction: 
 (i) the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price of the Common Stock; and 
 (ii) the denominator of which shall be such Current Market Price of the Common Stock, less the Fair Market Value on such date of the portion of the
distributed assets so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock (determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date) (determined as provided in Section 4.3(g)). 
 Such increase shall become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the Record Date for such distribution. In the
event that such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. 
 (1) If the Board of Directors determines the Fair Market Value of any distribution for purposes of this Section 4.3(d) by reference
to the actual or when issued trading market for any distributed assets comprising all or part of such distribution, it must in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period (the “Reference Period”) used in
computing the Current Market Price pursuant to Section 4.3(g) to the extent possible, unless the Board of Directors determines in good faith that determining the Fair Market Value during the Reference Period would not be in the best interest of
the Holders. 
 (2) In the event any such distribution consists of shares of capital stock of, or similar equity interests
in, one or more of the Company’s Subsidiaries (a “Spin-Off”), the Fair Market Value of the securities to be distributed shall equal the average of the closing sale prices of such securities on the principal securities market on
which such securities are traded for the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on and including the fifth Trading Day after the “ex” date in respect of the Spin-Off. In the event, however, that an underwritten initial public offering of
the securities in the Spin-Off occurs simultaneously with the Spin-Off, Fair Market Value of the securities distributed in the Spin-Off shall mean the initial public offering price of such securities. 
  

 33 

 (3) Rights or warrants distributed by the Company to all holders of its shares of Common
Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company’s Capital Stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“Trigger
Event”), (x) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock, (y) are not exercisable and (z) are also issued in respect of future issuances of shares of Common Stock shall be deemed not to have been distributed
for purposes of this Section 4.3(d) (and no adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 4.3(d) will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event. If such right or warrant is subject to subsequent events, upon
the occurrence of which such right or warrant shall become exercisable to purchase different distributed assets, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, or entitle the holder to purchase a different number or amount of the foregoing or to
purchase any of the foregoing at a different purchase price, then the occurrence of each such event shall be deemed to be the date of issuance and record date with respect to a new right or warrant (and a termination or expiration of the existing
right or warrant without exercise by the holder thereof). Pursuant to rights issued under any Company shareholder’s rights plan, if holders of the Notes exercising the right of conversion after the date the rights separate from the underlying
Common Stock are not entitled to receive the rights that would otherwise be attributable to the shares of Common Stock received upon conversion, the Conversion Rate will be adjusted as though the rights were being distributed to holders of Common
Stock on the date of such separation. If such an adjustment is made and the rights are later redeemed, invalidated or terminated, then a corresponding reversing adjustment will be made to the Conversion Rate on an equitable basis. 
 (4) In determining the Fair Market Value of any rights or warrants entitling the Holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common
Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received for such rights or warrants and the value of such consideration if other than Cash, shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described
in the preceding sentence) with respect thereto, that resulted in an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 4.3(d): 
 (A) in the case of any such rights or warrants which shall all have been redeemed or repurchased without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted upon such final redemption or
repurchase to give effect to such distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a Cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or repurchase price received by a holder of shares of Common Stock with respect to such
rights or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights or warrants), made to all holders of shares of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or repurchase; and 
  

 34 

 (B) in the case of such rights or warrants which shall have expired or been terminated
without exercise, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights and warrants had never been issued. 
 (5) For
purposes of this Section 4.3(d) and Sections 4.3(a), 4.3(b) and 4.3(c), any dividend or distribution to which this Section 4.3(d) is applicable that also includes (x) shares of Common Stock, (y) a subdivision or combination of
shares of Common Stock to which Section 4.3(b) applies or (z) rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to which
Section 4.3(c) applies (or any combination thereof), shall be deemed instead to be: 
 (A) a dividend or distribution of
the evidences of Indebtedness, assets, shares of capital stock, rights or warrants, other than such shares of Common Stock, such subdivision or combination or such rights or warrants or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
Common Stock to which Sections 4.3(a), 4.3(b) and 4.3(c) apply, respectively (and any Conversion Rate increase required by this Section 4.3(d) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made), immediately followed by

 (B) a dividend or distribution of such shares of Common Stock, such subdivision or combination or such rights or warrants
or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (and any further Conversion Rate increase required by Sections 4.3(a), 4.3(b) and 4.3(c) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made), except:

 (i) the Record Date of such dividend or distribution shall be substituted as (x) “the date fixed for the
determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution,” “Record Date fixed for such determinations” and “Record Date” within the meaning of Section 4.3(a), (y) “the day upon
which such subdivision becomes effective” and “the day upon which such combination becomes effective” within the meaning of Section 4.3(b), and (z) as “the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to
receive such rights or warrants,” “the Record Date fixed for the determination of the stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants” and such “Record Date” within the meaning of Section 4.3(c); and

 (ii) any shares of Common Stock included in such dividend or distribution shall not be deemed “outstanding at the
close of business on the date fixed for such determination” within the meaning of Section 4.3(a) and any reduction or increase in the number of shares of Common Stock resulting from such subdivision or combination shall be disregarded in
connection with such dividend or distribution. 
 (e) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of the Notes are
outstanding, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all or substantially all holders of its 

  

 35 

 
shares of Common Stock, Cash (excluding any Cash that is distributed upon a reclassification, change, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange,
combination, sale or conveyance to which Section 4.4 or 4.13 applies, Cash distributed as part of a distribution referred to in Section 4.3(d), or any Cash that is distributed pursuant to a tender offer, to which Section 4.3(f)
applies), then, and in each case, immediately after the close of business on such date, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the
close of business of the Record Date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to such distribution by a fraction: 
 (i) the
numerator of which shall be equal to the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock (as determined pursuant to Section 4.3(g) on such Record Date); and 
 (ii) the denominator of which shall be equal to (a) the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on such date, less the amount of the distribution per share of Common Stock; provided, however
that if such denominator shall be zero, the Conversion Rate shall be instead adjusted so that the Conversion Price is equal to one cent ($0.01). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Conversion Rate as adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.3(e) would cause the Conversion Price to be less than one cent ($0.01), then the Conversion Price shall be one cent ($0.01). 
 (f) In case the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall, at any time or from time to time, while any of the Notes are outstanding, distribute Cash or
other consideration in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer made by the Company or any subsidiary for all or any portion of the Common Stock (excluding any Cash that is distributed upon a reclassification, change, merger, consolidation,
statutory share exchange, combination, sale or conveyance to which Section 4.4 applies or as part of a distribution referred to in Sections 4.3(d) or 4.3(e)), where the sum of the aggregate amount of such Cash distributed and the aggregate Fair
Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and set forth in a Board Resolution), as of the Expiration Date (as defined below), of such other consideration distributed (such sum, the
“Aggregate Amount”) expressed as an amount per share of Common Stock validly tendered or exchanged, and not withdrawn, pursuant to such tender offer or exchange offer as of the Expiration Time (as defined below) (such tendered or
exchanged shares of Common Stock, the “Purchased Shares”) exceeds the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on the Trading Day on the last date (such last date, the “Expiration Date”) on which tenders
or exchanges could have been made pursuant to such tender offer or exchange offer (as the same may be amended through the Expiration Date), then, and in each case, immediately after the close of business on such date, the Conversion Rate shall be
increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business of such Expiration Date by a fraction: 
 (i) the numerator of which is equal to the sum of (I) the Aggregate Amount and (II) the product of (a) the Current Market Price of Common Stock
on the Expiration Date and (b) an amount equal to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of last time (the “Expiration Time”) at which tenders or exchanges could have been made pursuant to such tender
offer or exchange offer less (ii) the Purchased Shares; and 
  

 36 

 (ii) the denominator of which shall be equal to the product of (I) the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding as of the Expiration Time (including all Purchased Shares) and (II) the Current Market Price of Common Stock on the Expiration Date. 
 An adjustment, if any, to the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Section 4.3(f) shall become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the Business Day following the Expiration Date. In the event
that the Company or a subsidiary is obligated to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any such tender offer or exchange offer, but the Company or such subsidiary is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases, or
all such purchases are rescinded, then the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if such tender offer or exchange offer had not been made. If the application of this Section 4.3(f) to
any tender offer or exchange offer would result in a decrease in the Conversion Rate, no adjustment shall be made for such tender offer or exchange offer under this Section 4.3(f). 
 (g) For purposes of this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated: 
 “Current Market Price” on any date means the average of the Closing Sale Price per share of the Common Stock for the Trading Day
immediately preceding the “ex” date for any such event. 
 For purposes of this Indenture, the term “ex” date, when used:

 (i) with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the shares of Common Stock trade regular way on the
relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the Closing Sale Price was obtained without the right to receive such issuance or distribution; 
 (ii) with respect to any subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock, means the first date on which the shares of Common Stock trade regular way on such exchange or in such market after the time at which such
subdivision or combination becomes effective; and 
 (iii) with respect to any tender or exchange offer, means the first date on which the
shares of Common Stock trade regular way on such exchange or in such market after the expiration of such offer. 
 Notwithstanding the
foregoing, whenever successive adjustments to the Conversion Rate are called for pursuant to this Section 4.3, such adjustments shall be made to the Current Market Price as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the intent of this
Section 4.3 and to avoid unjust or inequitable results as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. 
 “Fair Market
Value” shall mean the amount which a willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm’s length transaction (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose good faith determination shall be conclusive). 
  

 37 

 “Record Date” shall mean, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other
transaction or event in which the holders of shares of Common Stock have the right to receive any Cash, securities or other property or in which the shares of Common Stock (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any
combination of Cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such Cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or
otherwise). 
 (h) The Company shall be entitled at its election to make such additional increases in the Conversion Rate, in addition to
those required by Sections 4.3(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f), as shall be necessary in order that any dividend or distribution of Common Stock, any subdivision, reclassification or combination of shares of Common Stock or any issuance of rights
or warrants referred to above shall not be taxable to the holders of Common Stock for United States federal income tax purposes. 
 (i) To
the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company may, from time to time, increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for any period of time, if such period is at least 20 days, the Board of Directors determines that the increase in the Conversion
Rate is in the best interest of the Company, and the increase is irrevocable during the period. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Company shall mail to the Trustee and each Holder at the address of
such Holder as it appears in the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar, at least 15 days prior to the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect, a notice of the increase stating the increased Conversion Rate and the period during
which it will be in effect. 
 (j) In any case in which this Section 4.3 shall require that any adjustment be made effective as of or
retroactively immediately following a Record Date, the Company may elect to defer (but only for five Trading Days following the filing of the statement referred to in Section 4.5) issuing to the Holder of any Notes converted after such Record
Date the consideration issuable upon such conversion over and above the consideration issuable upon such conversion on the basis of the Conversion Rate prior to adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such
Holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such Holder’s right to receive such additional shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment. 
 (k) All calculations under this Section 4.3 shall be made to the nearest cent or one-thousandth of a share, with one-half cent and 0.0005 of a
share, respectively, being rounded upward. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.3, the Company shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Conversion Rate unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of
at least 1% of such rate; provided that (i) any lesser adjustment shall be carried forward and shall be made at the time of and together with the next subsequent adjustment which, together with any adjustment or adjustments so carried
forward, shall amount to an increase or decrease of at least 1% in such rate; and provided further that at the end of each fiscal year of the Company, beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2007, and on or after the date
that is 45 Scheduled Trading Days prior to the Final Maturity Date, any adjustments to the Conversion Rate that have been, and at such time remain, deferred pursuant to this Section 4.3(k) shall be given effect, and such adjustments, if any,
shall no longer be carried 
  

 38 

 
forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment to the Conversion Rate. Any adjustments under this Section 4.3 shall be made successively
whenever an event requiring such an adjustment occurs. 
 (l) In the event that at any time, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to
this Section 4.3, the Holder of any Notes thereafter surrendered for conversion shall become entitled to receive any shares of stock of the Company other than shares of Common Stock into which the Notes originally were convertible, the
Conversion Rate of such other shares so receivable upon conversion of any such Note shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to Common Stock
contained in subparagraphs (a) through (i) of this Section 4.3, and the provisions of Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.4 through 4.9 and 4.13 with respect to the Common Stock shall apply on like or similar terms to any such other shares and the
good faith determination of the Board of Directors as to any such adjustment shall be conclusive. 
 (m) No adjustment shall be made pursuant
to this Section 4.3 if the Holders of the Notes may participate in the transaction that would otherwise give rise to an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.3 on a basis that the Company’s Board of Directors determines in good faith
to be fair and appropriate. 
 
Section 4.4. Consolidation or Merger of the Company. 
 Except as provided in Section 4.13, if any of
the following events (any such event, a “Disposition Event”) occurs, namely: 
 (a) any reclassification or change of the
outstanding Common Stock into another class of Capital Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination); 
 (b) any merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or combination of the Company with another corporation as a result of which all of the holders of
Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or other property or assets (including Cash or any combination thereof) with respect to or in exchange for all of their Common Stock; or 
 (c) any sale, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of the properties and assets of the Company as, or substantially as, an entirety to any
other person as a result of which all of the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or other property or assets (including Cash or any combination thereof) with respect to or in exchange for all of their Common Stock;

 the Company or the successor or purchasing person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with
the TIA as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture, if such supplemental indenture is then required to so comply) providing that, at and after the effective time of such Disposition Event, in each case in which Common Stock
becomes exchanged or converted into Cash, securities or other property, the Holder of each Note then outstanding shall have the right to convert such Note into the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property (including Cash)
(collectively, “Reference Property”) receivable upon such conversion of such Note had such conversion 
  

 39 

 occurred immediately prior to such Disposition Event. For purposes of this Section 4.4, the Conversion Value shall
be based on (a) the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such Disposition Event, (b) the value per share of Common Stock received by holders of Common Stock in connection with the Disposition Event, and (c) the per unit
average value of the Reference Property as follows: (i) for any shares of common stock included in the Reference Property, the average closing sale price of such common stock during the ten (10) Trading Days beginning on the third
(3rd) Trading Day following the date that such Note is tendered for conversion, calculated as set forth in the definition of “Closing Sale Price” in Section 1.1 as if such common stock was Common Stock, (ii) for any other
property (other than Cash) included in the Reference Property, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and (iii) for any Cash, the face amount of such Cash. In the event that the holders of the Common Stock have the opportunity to
elect the form of the consideration to be received in such Disposition Event, the Company shall make adequate provision whereby Holders shall have a reasonable opportunity to determine the form of consideration into which all of the Notes, treated
as a single class, shall be convertible from and after the effective date of such Disposition Event. Such determination shall be based on the weighted average of elections made by Holders of the Notes who participate in such determination, shall be
subject to any limitations to which all of the holders of Common Stock are subject, such as pro-rata reductions applicable to any portion of the consideration payable in such Disposition Event and shall be conducted in such a manner as to be
completed by the date which is the earliest of (a) the deadline for elections to be made by holders of Common Stock, and (b) two Trading Days prior to the anticipated effective date of the Disposition Event. In the event the effective date
of the Disposition Event is delayed beyond the initially anticipated effective date, Holders of the Notes shall be given the opportunity to make subsequent similar determinations in regard to such delayed effective date. The Company shall provide
notice of the opportunity to determine the form of such consideration, as well as notice of the determination made by Holders by issuing a press release and providing a copy of such notice to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at and after
the effective time of the Disposition Event, upon conversion of the Notes the conversion obligation will continue to be payable in Cash, Reference Property or a combination of Cash and Reference Property, at the election of the Company as set forth
in Section 4.2 (with references to Common Stock deemed to be references to Reference Property). The Company shall not become a party to any Disposition Event the terms of which are inconsistent with the foregoing. 
 Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in
this Article 4. If, in the case of any such Disposition Event, the stock or other securities and assets receivable thereupon by a holder of Common Stock includes shares of stock or other securities and assets of a corporation other than the
successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in such Disposition Event, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other corporation and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the
Holders of the Notes as the Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing. 
 The Company shall cause
notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each Holder, at the address of such Holder as it appears on the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar, within 20 days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such
notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture. 
  

 40 

 The above provisions of this Section 4.4 shall similarly apply to successive Disposition Events.

 If this Section 4.4 applies to any event or occurrence, Section 4.3 shall not apply. 
 
Section 4.5. Notice of Adjustment. 
 Whenever an adjustment in the Conversion Rate with respect to the Notes
is required: 
 (a) the Company shall forthwith place on file with the Trustee and any Conversion Agent for such Notes a certificate of the
Treasurer of the Company (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely), stating the adjusted Conversion Rate determined as provided herein and setting forth in reasonable detail such facts as shall be necessary to show the reason for and the manner
of computing such adjustment; and 
 (b) a notice stating that the Conversion Rate has been adjusted and setting forth the adjusted
Conversion Rate shall forthwith be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company, to each Holder in the manner provided in Section 4.2 hereof. Any notice so given shall be
conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. 
 
Section 4.6. Notice in Certain Events. 
 In case: 
 (a) of a consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party and for which approval of any stockholders of the Company is required, or of the sale or
conveyance to another Person or entity or group of Persons or entities acting in concert as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other “group” (as defined in Section 3.1(a)(1)(i)) of all or substantially all of the
property and assets of the Company; or 
 (b) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

 (c) of any action triggering an adjustment of the Conversion Rate referred to in clauses (y) or (z) below; 
 then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be filed with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent, and shall cause to be given, to the Holders of the
Notes in the manner provided in Section 4.2 hereof, at least 15 days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating: 
 (y) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of any distribution or grant of rights or warrants or other securities triggering an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Article 4, or, if a record is not to be
taken, the date as of which the holders of record of Common Stock entitled to such distribution, rights or warrants or other securities are to be determined, or 
  

 41 

 (z) the date on which holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock
for securities or other property deliverable upon any reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up described under clauses (a), (b) and (c) of Section 4.4. 
 Failure to give such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of the proceedings described in clause (a), (b) or (c) of this
Section 4.6. 
 
Section 4.7. Company to Reserve Stock: Registration; Listing. 
 (a) The Company shall from time to time
reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Notes, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time
to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all Notes then outstanding into such Common Stock at any time (assuming that, at the time of the computation of such number of shares or securities, all such Notes would be held by a single Holder).
The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon conversion of Notes will upon issue be fully paid and nonassessable and free from all liens and charges and, except as provided in Section 4.8, taxes with respect to
the issue thereof. 
 (b) If any shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon conversion of Notes hereunder require registration with
or approval of any governmental authority before such shares or securities may be issued upon such conversion, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such shares or securities to be duly registered or approved, as the case
may be. The Company further covenants that so long as the Common Stock shall be quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts, if permitted by the rules of the Nasdaq Global Market, to have and keep
approved for quoting on the Nasdaq Global Market (subject to notice of official issuance) all Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes, and the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to list the shares of Common Stock
required to be delivered upon conversion of the Notes prior to such delivery upon any other national securities exchange upon which the outstanding Common Stock is listed at the time of such delivery. 
 
Section 4.8. Taxes on Conversion. 
 The issue of stock certificates on conversion of Notes shall be made
without charge to the converting Holder for any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes in respect of the issue thereof, and the Company shall pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes that may be payable in
respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of Notes pursuant hereto. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of
shares of Common Stock or the portion, if any, of the Notes which are not so converted in a name other than that in which the Notes so converted were registered, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such
issue has paid to the Company the amount of such tax or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid. 
  

 42 

 Nothing contained herein shall preclude any income tax withholding required by law or regulation upon
conversion of the Notes, and at the Company’s request, Holders shall be responsible for satisfying any such withholding. 
 
Section 4.9. Conversion After Record Date. 
 Except as provided in this Section 4.9, a converting Holder
of Notes shall not be entitled to receive any accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on any such Notes being converted. By delivery to the Holder of the number of shares of Common Stock, Cash or combination of Common
Stock and Cash, or other consideration issuable or payable upon conversion in accordance with this Article 4, any accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes will be deemed to have been paid in full. If any
Notes are surrendered for conversion subsequent to the Regular Record Date preceding an Interest Payment Date but prior to such Interest Payment Date, the Holder of such Notes at the close of business on such Regular Record Date shall receive the
interest payable on such Note on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the conversion thereof. Notes surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on any Regular Record Date preceding any Interest Payment Date to the
opening of business on such Interest Payment Date shall be accompanied by payment from converting Holders, for the account of the Company, in Cash, or other funds of an amount equal to the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date on the Notes
being surrendered for conversion; provided, however, the Holder will not be required to pay the Company, at the time that Holder surrenders those Notes for conversion, the amount of interest payable by the Company on such Interest
Payment Date (i) if the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after the Regular Record Date but prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, (ii) to the extent of any overdue interest, if any overdue
interest remains unpaid at the time of conversion with respect to such Notes, or (iii) in respect of any conversions that occur after the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Final Maturity Date. 
 Except as provided in this Section 4.9, no adjustments in respect of payments of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on Notes
surrendered for conversion or any dividends or distributions or interest on the Common Stock issued upon conversion shall be made upon the conversion of any Notes. 
 
Section 4.9. Company Determination Final. 
 Any determination that the Company or the Board of Directors must
make pursuant to this Article 4 shall be conclusive if made in good faith and in accordance with the provisions of this Article, absent manifest error, and set forth in a Board Resolution. 
 
Section 4.11. Responsibility of Trustee for Conversion Provisions. 
 The Trustee has no duty to determine
when an adjustment under this Article 4 should be made, how it should be made or what it should be. Unless and until a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives a certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.5 setting forth an adjustment of the
Conversion Rate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no such adjustment has been made and that the last Conversion Rate of which the Trustee has knowledge remains in effect. 
  

 43 

 The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of
Notes. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to comply with this Article 4. Each Conversion Agent other than the Company shall have the same protection under this Section 4.11 as the Trustee. 
 The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee under this Indenture including, without limitation, its rights to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each Paying Agent or Conversion Agent acting hereunder. 
 
Section 4.12. Unconditional Right of Holders to Convert. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision in this
Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to convert its Note in accordance with this Article 4 and to bring an action for the enforcement of any such right to convert, and such rights shall not be
impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 
Section 4.13. Adjustment to the Conversion Rate Upon Certain Fundamental Changes. 
 (a) If a Fundamental
Change, as described under clause (2) or (3) of the definition of Change in Control occurs, then the Conversion Rate then in effect will increase, as described in paragraph (b) of this Section 4.13, with respect to any Notes
surrendered for conversion at any time during the period from the date that the Company announces the occurrence of such Fundamental Change to the date that is 30 days after such announcement. Such a Fundamental Change is referred to herein as a
“Make-Whole Fundamental Change.” The Company shall mail notice to Holders, at their addresses appearing in the Note register, and the Company shall publicly announce, through a reputable national newswire service, and publish on the
Company’s website, that the Make-Whole Fundamental Change has occurred within 20 Business Days after such Make-Whole Fundamental Change has occurred. 
 (b) The increase in the Conversion Rate referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.13 will be determined by reference to the table below, based on the date on which the Make-Whole Fundamental Change
becomes effective (the “Effective Date”) and the applicable price (the “Stock Price”) paid per share for Common Stock pursuant to the terms of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change. If holders of Common Stock receive
only Cash pursuant to the terms of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Stock Price shall be the Cash amount paid per share. Otherwise, the Stock Price shall be the average of the Closing Sale Prices for five consecutive Trading Days prior to,
but not including, the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change. The Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments, in its good faith determination, to account for any adjustment to the Conversion Rate that becomes effective, or
any event requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Rate where the “ex” date of the event occurs, at any time during those five consecutive Trading Days. The Stock Prices set forth in the left column of the table below shall be adjusted as
of any date on which the Conversion Rate is adjusted pursuant to Section 4.3. The adjusted Stock Prices shall equal the Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Conversion Rate immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the Stock Price adjustment and the denominator of which is the Conversion Rate as so adjusted. The number of 
  

 44 

 additional shares of Common Stock will be adjusted in the same manner and for the same events as the Conversion Rate
pursuant to Section 4.3. The following table sets forth the hypothetical Stock Price and the number of additional shares of Common Stock issuable per $1,000 principal amount of Notes that will be added to the Conversion Rate applicable to the
Notes surrendered for conversion during the 30-day period described in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.13: 
  

													
	 Applicable Price
	 	 April 17,
2007
	 	 April 15,
2008
	 	 April 15,
2009
	 	 April 15,
2010
	 	 April 15,
2011
	 	 April 15,
2012

	 $18.70
	 	7.96	 	7.96	 	7.96	 	7.96	 	7.96	 	7.92
	 $20.00
	 	6.85	 	6.92	 	6.88	 	6.63	 	6.00	 	4.45
	 $21.00
	 	6.07	 	6.07	 	5.93	 	5.58	 	4.79	 	2.09
	 $21.97
	 	5.41	 	5.36	 	5.16	 	4.73	 	3.83	 	0.00
	 $24.00
	 	4.31	 	4.17	 	3.89	 	3.38	 	2.39	 	0.00
	 $27.00
	 	3.15	 	2.96	 	2.63	 	2.10	 	1.19	 	0.00
	 $30.00
	 	2.37	 	2.16	 	1.84	 	1.35	 	0.61	 	0.00
	 $35.00
	 	1.54	 	1.35	 	1.07	 	0.70	 	0.23	 	0.00
	 $40.00
	 	1.05	 	0.89	 	0.67	 	0.40	 	0.11	 	0.00
	 $45.00
	 	0.75	 	0.62	 	0.45	 	0.26	 	0.07	 	0.00
	 $50.00
	 	0.55	 	0.44	 	0.32	 	0.18	 	0.05	 	0.00
	 $55.00
	 	0.41	 	0.32	 	0.23	 	0.13	 	0.04	 	0.00
	 $60.00
	 	0.31	 	0.24	 	0.17	 	0.10	 	0.03	 	0.00
	 $65.00
	 	0.23	 	0.18	 	0.13	 	0.07	 	0.03	 	0.00
	 $70.00
	 	0.18	 	0.14	 	0.10	 	0.06	 	0.02	 	0.00
	 $75.00
	 	0.13	 	0.10	 	0.07	 	0.04	 	0.01	 	0.00

 In the event that the applicable Stock Price or Effective Date is not set forth in the table
above, then, if: 
 (i) the applicable Stock Price is between two Stock Price amounts on the table or the applicable Effective Date is
between two dates on the table, the adjustment to the Conversion Rate will be determined by straight-line interpolation between the adjustments set forth for the higher and lower Stock Price amounts or the two dates, as applicable, based on a 365
day year; 
 (ii) the applicable Stock Price is in excess of $75.00 per share (subject to adjustment), no adjustment to the Conversion Rate
will be made; or 
 (iii) the applicable Stock Price is less than $18.70 per share (subject to adjustment), no adjustment to the Conversion
Rate will be made. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Rate will not be increased above 53.4759 shares per $1,000 in principal
amount of Notes pursuant to the events described in this paragraph (b) or Section 4.3, which maximum Conversion Rate will be subject to adjustment in the same manner the Conversion Rate may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to
Section 4.3. 
  

 45 

 
ARTICLE 5 
 COVENANTS 
 
Section 5.1. Payment of Notes. 
 The Company shall promptly make all payments in respect of the Notes on
the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Paying Agent (other than the Company) holds
by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that date Cash, deposited by the Company or an Affiliate thereof, sufficient to pay the installment. The Company shall, (in immediately available funds) to the fullest extent permitted by law, pay interest on
overdue principal (including premium, if any) and overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes per annum. 
 Payment of
the principal of and any interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes shall be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest
with respect to a Certified Note may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address appears in the Register; provided, further, that a Holder with an aggregate principal amount of Certified Notes
in excess of $5,000,000 will be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the election of such Holder if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company at least 10 Business Days prior to the payment date.

 
Section 5.2. SEC Reports. 
 The Company shall deliver any information, documents or reports required to
be filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to the Trustee, and shall make all such reports and other information and documents available on its website to the extent required by law, within 15 days after the same
is required to be filed with the SEC. Documents filed by the Company with the SEC via the EDGAR system will be deemed filed with the Trustee as of the time such documents are filed via EDGAR. 
 Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not
constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely
exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
 
Section 5.3. Compliance Certificates. 
 The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after
the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2005), an Officers’ Certificate as to the signer’s knowledge of the Company’s compliance with all conditions and 
  

 46 

 covenants on its part contained in this Indenture and stating whether or not the signer knows of any default or Event of
Default. If such signer knows of such a default or Event of Default, the Officers’ Certificate shall describe the default or Event of Default and the efforts to remedy the same. For the purposes of this Section 5.3, compliance shall be
determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 
Section 5.4. Further Instruments and Acts. 
 Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and
deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture. 
 
Section 5.5. Maintenance of Corporate Existence. 
 Subject to Article 7, the Company will do or cause to
be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence. 
 
Section 5.6. Rule 144A Information Requirement. 
 Within the period prior to the expiration of the
holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), the Company covenants and agrees that it shall, during any period in which it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) under the
Exchange Act, upon the request of any Holder or beneficial holder of the Notes make available to such Holder or beneficial holder of Notes or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof which continue to be Transfer Restricted Notes in
connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of Notes or such Common Stock designated by such Holder or beneficial holder, the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act or such Common Stock, all to
the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder or beneficial holder to sell its Notes or Common Stock without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemption provided by Rule 144A, as such Rule may be
amended from time to time. Upon the request of any Holder or any beneficial holder of the Notes or such Common Stock, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. 
 
Section 5.7. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
 The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully
do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion
of the principal of, or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and the
Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
  

 47 

 
Section 5.8. Payment of Additional Interest. 
 If Additional Interest is payable by the Company pursuant
to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Additional Interest that is payable (ii) the reason why such Additional Interest is payable and
(iii) the date on which such Additional Interest is payable. Unless and until a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives such a certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no such Additional Interest is payable. If the Company has
paid Additional Interest directly to the Persons entitled to it, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment. 
 
ARTICLE 6 
 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE 
 
Section 6.1. Company May Consolidate, Etc, Only on Certain Terms. 
 The Company shall not consolidate
with or merge into any other Person or convey, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person whether in a single transaction or series of related transactions, unless: 

(a) either 
 (i) in the case of a
consolidation or merger, the Company is the surviving entity; or 
 (ii) the successor or transferee is a corporation, limited liability
company, partnership or trust organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of
the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture; and 
 (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default
or Event of Default shall exist; and 
 (c) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and, if requested by
the Trustee, an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture,
comply with this Article 7 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied. 
 
Section 6.2. Successor Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the
Company into, any other Person or any conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 6.1, the successor Person formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise 
  

 48 

 every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been
named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. 
 
ARTICLE 7 
 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 
 
Section 7.1. Events of Default. 
 An “Event of Default” shall occur if: 
 (1) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal amount, with respect to the Notes, when the same become due and payable, whether
on the Final Maturity Date or otherwise; 
 (2) the Company defaults in the payment of any accrued and unpaid interest
(including Additional Interest, if any) in each case, when due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; 
 (3) the Company fails to satisfy its Conversion Obligation with respect to any portion of the principal amount of any Note following the exercise by the Holder of the right to convert such Note; 
 (4) the Company fails to timely provide a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice pursuant to and in accordance with Section 3.1, or
the notice required under Sections 4.13(a) regarding the adjustment of the Conversion Rate upon the occurrence of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change; 
 (5) the Company defaults in its obligation to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to any Note, or any portion thereof, upon the exercise by the Holder of such Holder’s right to require the
Company to repurchase such Notes pursuant to and in accordance with Section 3.1; 
 (6) the Company fails to comply with
any of its agreements or covenants in the Notes or this Indenture (other than those referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above) and such failure continues for 30 days after receipt by the Company of a Notice of Default (defined below);

 (7) default by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the payment when due, after the expiration of any applicable
grace period, of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Indebtedness in the aggregate principal amount then outstanding of $10,000,000 or more or acceleration of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Indebtedness in such
aggregate outstanding principal amount or more so that such Indebtedness becomes due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, and such default is not cured or waived, or such acceleration is not
rescinded, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a Notice of Default; 
  

 49 

 (8) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries fails to pay final and non-appealable
judgments, the aggregate uninsured portion of which is at least ten million dollars ($10,000,000), and such judgments are not paid, discharged or fully bonded against within sixty (60) days; 
 (9) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, together, constitute a Significant Subsidiary),
pursuant to or under or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

 (B) consents to the entry of any order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding or the commencement of
any case against it; 
 (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property;

 (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 
 (E) files a petition in bankruptcy or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief; or 
 (F) consents to the filing of such petition or the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian; or 
 (10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, together, constitute a
Significant Subsidiary), in an involuntary case or proceeding; 
 (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, together, constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or for any substantial part of its property; or 
 (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that, together, constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 
 (D) and in each case the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
 The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code (or any successor thereto) or any similar federal or state law for
the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  

 50 

 A default under clauses (6) or (7) above is not an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies
the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding notify the Company and the Trustee, in writing of the default, and the Company does not cure the default within 30 days after receipt of such
notice. The notice given pursuant to this Section 7.1 must specify the default, demand that it be remedied and state that the notice is a “Notice of Default.” When any default under this Section 7.1 is cured, it ceases.

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company so elects, the sole remedy of Holders
for an Event of Default under clause (6) relating to any obligations the Company may have or is deemed to have pursuant to Section 314(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act relating to its failure to file any documents or reports that it is
required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or Section 5.2 will, for the first 90 days after the occurrence of such Event of Default, consist exclusively of the right to receive an extension fee (the
“Extension Fee”) on the Notes in an amount equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of the Notes and will for the next 60 days after the occurrence of such Event of Default consist exclusively of the right to receive an additional
extension fee on the Notes in an amount equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of the Notes (the “Additional Extension Fee”). On the 91st day after such Event of Default, or if the Company has elected to pay the Additional Extension Fee, the 151st day after such Event of Default (if such violation is not cured or waived prior to such 151st day), the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided above. In the event the Company does not elect to pay the Extension Fee upon any such Event of Default, the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided
above. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if an Event of Default occurs under any other series of the Company’s other debt
securities resulting from the Company’s failure to file any such documents or reports and such Event of Default is not subject to extension on terms similar to the above, then the extension right will no longer apply and the Notes will be
subject to acceleration as provided above. 
 In order to exercise the extension
rights described above and elect to pay the Extension Fee and, if applicable, the Additional Extension Fee as the sole remedies during the periods described above, the Company must (A) with respect to the first 90 days after the occurrence of
the applicable Event of Default, (i) notify all Holders of Notes and the trustee and Paying Agent of such election and issue a press release prior to the open of business on the first Business Day following the date on which such Event of
Default occurs and (ii) pay such Extension Fee on or before the close of business on the date on which such Event of Default occurs, and (B) with respect to the next 60 days after the 90th day after such Event of Default occurs, (i) notify all Holders of Notes and The trustee and Paying Agent of such election and issue a press release prior
to the open of business on the 90th day after the date on which such Event of Default occurs and (ii) pay such
Extension Fee on or before the close of business on the 90th day after such Event of Default occurs. Upon the
Company’s failure to timely give such notice or pay the Extension Fee, or, if applicable, the Additional Extension Fee, the Notes will be immediately subject to acceleration as provided above. 
  

 51 

 The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Event of Default unless written notice thereof
shall have been given to a Trust Officer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee by the Company, a Paying Agent, any Holder or any agent of any Holder. The Company will provide the Trustee with written notice if a default or Event of Default
occurs within 30 days after the Company obtains knowledge of the occurrence thereof. 
 
Section 7.2. Acceleration. 
 If an Event of Default (excluding an Event of Default specified in clause
(9) or (10) of Section 7.1 in respect of the Company, but including such Events of Default in respect of a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries that would, together, constitute a Significant Subsidiary) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may, by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, by notice to the Company and the Trustee, declare all unpaid principal to the date of acceleration
on the Notes then outstanding (if not then due and payable) to be due and payable upon any such declaration, and the same plus any interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes accrued but unpaid through the date of such declaration
shall become and be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in clause (9) or (10) of Section 7.1 occurs in respect of the Company and not solely in respect of a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiaries
that would, together, constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all unpaid principal of the Notes then outstanding and such interest (including Additional Interest, if any) shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if (a) all
existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Notes which has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived; (b) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest
(calculated at the rate per annum borne by the Notes) on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; (c) the rescission would not conflict with
any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and (d) all payments due to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 8.7 have been made. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right
consequent thereto. 
 
Section 7.3. Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, but
shall not be obligated to, pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of the principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other
remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
  

 52 

 
Section 7.4. Waiver of Defaults and Events of Default. 
 Subject to Sections 7.7 and 10.2, the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing default or Event of Default and its consequence, except a default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal, or
interest on any Note, or the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, a Default or Event of Default arising from the Company’s failure to convert any Note in accordance with the terms of Article 4 or any default or Event of Default
in respect of any provision of this Indenture or the Notes which, under Section 10.2, cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected. When a default or Event of Default is waived, it is cured and ceases.

 
Section 7.5. Control by Majority. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with
law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder or the Trustee, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability unless the Trustee is offered indemnity satisfactory to it;
provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. 
 
Section 7.6. Limitations on Suits. 
 A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture
or the Notes (except actions for payment of overdue principal or interest or for the conversion of the Notes pursuant to Article 4) unless: 
 (1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
 (2)
the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee reasonable indemnity to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and 

(5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 
 A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of
another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Noteholder. 
  

 53 

 
Section 7.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment and to Convert. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note and this Indenture, to convert such Note in accordance with Article 4
and to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates or the right to convert, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder. 
 
Section 7.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. 
 If an Event of Default in the payment of principal or
interest specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 7.1 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or another obligor on the Notes for the whole
amount of principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the
Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 
Section 7.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
 The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other
papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders
allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such
claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to
the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.7, and to the extent
that such payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances in any such proceedings shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions,
dividends, money, securities and other property which the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceedings, whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to
authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or, on behalf of any Holder, to authorize, accept or adopt any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize
the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 
Section 7.10. Priorities. 
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 7, it shall pay
out the money in the following order: 
  

 54 

 First, to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 8.7; 
 Second, to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest (including Additional Interest, if any), ratably, without
preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest (including Additional Interest, if any), respectively; and 
 Third, the balance, if any, to the Company. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 7.10. 
 
Section 7.11. Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its
discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This
Section 7.11 does not apply to a suit made by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 7.7, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 
 
ARTICLE 8 
 TRUSTEE 
 
Section 8.1. Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (1) the Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others; and 
 (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee, however, shall examine any certificates and opinions which by any provision hereof are
specifically required to be delivered to the Trustee to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  

 55 

 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of subsection
(b) of this Section 8.1; 
 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (3) the Trustee
shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 7.5. 
 (d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of
its rights or powers unless the Trustee shall have received adequate indemnity in its opinion against potential costs and liabilities incurred by it relating thereto. 
 (e) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 8.1. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in
trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 
Section 8.2. Rights of Trustee. 
 Subject to Section 8.1: 
 (a) The Trustee may rely conclusively on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee
need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to Section 11.4(b). The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion.

 (c) The Trustee may act through its agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or
within its rights or powers. 
 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to
matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any such action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 
  

 56 

 (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might
be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its
discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and
premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
 (h) Except with respect to Section 5.1, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company with respect to the covenants
contained in Article 5. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of an Event of Default except (i) any Default or Event of Default occurring pursuant to Sections 5.1, 7.1(1) or 7.1(2) or (ii) any Default or Event of
Default of which the Trustee shall have received written notification or obtained actual knowledge. 
 (i) The rights, privileges,
protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and
other Person employed to act hereunder. 
 (j) Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 5.2 is for
informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance
with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates). 
 
Section 8.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may
become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to
Sections 8.10 and 8.11. 
 
Section 8.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes other than its certificate of authentication. 

 

 57 

 
Section 8.5. Notice of Default or Events of Default. 
 If a default or an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. However, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust
Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of Noteholders, except in the case of a default or an Event of Default in payment of the principal of or interest on any Note, or the Event of Default has been cured or
waived. 
 
Section 8.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. 
 If such report is required by TIA Section 313, within
60 days after each October 1, beginning with the October 1 following the date of this Indenture, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such October 1 that complies with TIA Section 313(a). The
Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b)(2) and (c). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall
be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed. The Company shall notify the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange or listed or admitted to trading on any
quotation system and any changes in the stock exchanges or quotation systems on which the Notes are listed or admitted to trading and of any delisting thereof. 
 
Section 8.7. Compensation and Indemnity. 
 The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such
compensation (as agreed to from time to time by the Company and the Trustee in writing) for its services (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust). The Company
shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it. Such expenses may include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 The Company shall indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee (which for purposes of this Section 8.7 shall include its
officers, directors, employees and agents) for, and hold it harmless against, any and all loss, liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), (including reasonable legal
fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture or any action or failure to act as authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon the Trustee hereunder
including the reasonable costs and expenses of the Trustee and its counsel in defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the
Company promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity. The Company need not pay for any settlement without its written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
  

 58 

 The Company need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss or liability
incurred by it resulting from its gross negligence or bad faith. 
 To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this
Section 8.7, the Trustee shall have a senior claim to which the Notes are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except such money or property held in trust to pay the principal of and interest on the
Notes. The obligations of the Company under this Section 8.7 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 7.1 occurs, the
expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture. 
 
Section 8.8. Replacement of Trustee. 
 The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company. The Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may, with the Company’s written consent, appoint a successor Trustee. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 8.10; 
 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; 
 (3) a receiver or other public officer takes
charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee. The resignation or removal of a Trustee shall not be effective until a successor Trustee shall have delivered the written acceptance of its appointment as described below. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 45 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the
Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Company. 
 If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 8.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the
appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and
to the Company. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee and be released from its obligations (exclusive of any liabilities that the retiring Trustee may have incurred
while acting as Trustee) hereunder, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the 
  

 59 

 successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee
shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. 
 A retiring Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor
Trustee after its succession. 
 Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 8.8, the Company’s obligations
under Section 9.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 
Section 8.9. Successor Trustee By Merger, Etc. 
 If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts
into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets (including the administration of this Indenture) to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation, without any further act, shall be the successor
Trustee, provided such transferee corporation shall qualify and be eligible under Section 8.10. Such successor Trustee shall promptly mail notice of its succession to the Company and each Holder. 
 
Section 8.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 The Trustee shall always satisfy the requirements of
paragraphs (1), (2) and (5) of TIA Section 310(a). The Trustee (or its parent holding company) shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to satisfy any such requirements,
it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Article 8. The Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of TIA Section 310(b). Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the SEC the application
referred to in the penultimate paragraph of TIA Section 310(b). 
 
Section 8.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 
 The Trustee shall comply with TIA
Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 
ARTICLE 9 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE 
 
Section 9.1. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. 
 This Indenture shall cease to be of further
effect if: 
 (a) either: 
 (i)
all outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.7) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or 
  

 60 

 (ii) all outstanding Notes become due and payable at their scheduled maturity or upon repurchase pursuant
to Section 3.1, 
 and in any such case the Company irrevocably deposits, prior to the applicable due date, with the Trustee or the Paying Agent (if the
Paying Agent is not the Company or any of its Affiliates) Cash, and, if applicable as herein provided and in accordance herewith, such other consideration, sufficient to pay all amounts due and owing on all outstanding Notes (other than Notes
replaced pursuant to Section 2.7) on the Final Maturity Date or a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, as the case may be; 
 (b) the
Company pays to the Trustee all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; 
 (c) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes
shall exist on the date of such deposit; 
 (d) such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default or Event
of Default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound; and 
 (e) the
Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which may rely upon such Officer’s Certificate as to the absence of Defaults and Events of Default and as to any factual matters), each stating that
all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 8.7 shall survive and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of
clause (1) of this Section, the provisions of Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.12 and 3.1, Article 4, the last paragraph of Section 5.1 and this Article 9, shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. 
 
Section 9.2. Application of Trust Money. 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 9.3, the Trustee or
a Paying Agent shall hold in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, all money deposited with it pursuant to Section 9.1 and shall apply the deposited money in accordance with this Indenture and the Notes to the payment of the principal of and
interest on the Notes. 
 
Section 9.3. Repayment to Company. 
 The Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company
upon request any excess money (i) deposited with them pursuant to Section 9.1 and (ii) held by them at any time. 
 The
Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after a right to such money has matured; provided, however, that
the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such payment, may at the expense of the Company cause to 
  

 61 

 be mailed to each Holder entitled to such money or publish in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York
notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein, which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After
payment to the Company, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person. 
 
Section 9.4. Reinstatement. 
 If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in
accordance with Section 9.2 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations
under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 9.1 until such time as the Trustee or such Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with
Section 9.2; provided, however, that if the Company has made any payment of the principal of or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of
such Notes to receive any such payment from the money held by the Trustee or such Paying Agent. 
 
ARTICLE 10 
 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 
 
Section 10.1. Without Consent of Holders. 
 The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this
Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Noteholder: 
 (a) to comply with Sections 4.4, 6.1 and 6.2; 
 (b) to make any changes or modifications to this Indenture necessary in connection with the registration of the public offer and sale of the Notes under
the Securities Act pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (c) to secure the
obligations of the Company in respect of the Notes; 
 (d) to add to the covenants and Events of Default of the Company described in this
Indenture for the benefit of Noteholders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company; 
 (e) to make provisions with
respect to adjustments to the Conversion Rate as required by this Indenture or to increase the Conversion Rate in accordance with this Indenture; 
 (f) issue Additional Notes under this Indenture with the same terms and same CUSIP numbers in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, provided that such Additional Notes are fungible with the Notes for U.S. federal income tax
purposes; and 
  

 62 

 (g) to cure any ambiguity, defect, omission or inconsistency in this Indenture in a manner that does not
materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder; provided, however, that any supplement indenture entered into solely to conform the provisions of this Indenture or Notes to the “Description of the Notes” contained in the final
offering memorandum dated April 11, 2007 will be deemed to not adversely affect the rights of any Holder. 
 
Section 10.2. With Consent of Holders. 
 The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this
Indenture or the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may
waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Noteholder. However, notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to Section 10.4, without the written consent of each
Noteholder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 7.4, may not: 
 (a) change the stated
maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, any Note; 
 (b) reduce the
principal amount of, Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, or any interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, any Note; 
 (c) alter
the manner of calculation or rate of accrual of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on or the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of any Note or extend the time or payment of any such amount; 
 (d) change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or any interest on (including Additional Interest, if any), any Note; 
 (e) impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any repurchase of, or payment on or with respect to, any Note on or after the
stated maturity of the Notes, or in the case of repayment at the option of the Holder, on or after the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; 
 (f) adversely affect the right of Holders to convert Notes other than as provided in or under Article 4 of this Indenture; 
 (g)
adversely affect the right of Holders to require the Company to repurchase the Note as provided in Section 3.1; 
 (h) reduce the
percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes whose Holders must consent to a modification or amendment; 
 (i)
reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes necessary for the waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or the waiver of certain defaults under this Indenture; and 
  

 63 

 (j) modify any of the provisions of this Section 10.2 or Section 7.4, except to increase any
such percentage or to provide that certain provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby. 
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 10.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment,
supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver
under this Section 10.2 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not,
however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 To the extent that the Company or any of
the Subsidiaries hold any Notes, such Notes shall be disregarded for purposes of voting in connection with any notice, waiver, consent or direction requiring the vote or concurrence of Noteholders. 
 
Section 10.3. Compliance With Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment to or supplement of this Indenture
or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as in effect at the date of such amendment or supplement. 
 
Section 10.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes
effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on
any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion of a Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses
(a) through (k) of Section 10.2. In that case the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the
consenting Holder’s Note. 
 
Section 10.5. Notation On or Exchange of Notes. 
 If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the
terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee
so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. 
  

 64 

 
Section 10.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc. 
 The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplemental
indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 10 if the amendment or supplemental indenture does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, but need not
sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Section 9.1, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment
or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplement indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. 
 
Section 10.7. Effect of Supplemental Indentures. 
 Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture
under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered
hereunder shall be bound thereby. 
 
ARTICLE 11 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 
Section 11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or
conflicts with the duties imposed by any of Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the TIA through operation of Section 318(c) thereof, such imposed duties shall control. 
 
Section 11.2. Notices. 
 Any demand, authorization notice, request, consent or communication shall be
given in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows or transmitted by facsimile transmission (confirmed by delivery in person or mail by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by guaranteed
overnight courier) to the following facsimile numbers: 
 If to the Company, to: 
 The TriZetto Group, Inc. 
 567 Nicolas Drive,
Suite 360 
 Newport Beach, CA 92661 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 Facsimile No.: 949-219-2198 
  

 65 

 with copies to: 
 Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher 
 4 Park Plaza 
 Irvine, CA 92614-8557 
 Attn: Thomas D. Magill

 Facsimile No.: 949-451-4220 
 if to the Trustee, to: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 707 Wilshire Blvd, 17th Floor 
 Los Angeles, CA 90017 
 Attn: Corporate Trust Department 
 Facsimile
No.: (213) 614-3355 
 Such notices or communications shall be effective when received. 
 The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed by first-class mail or delivered by an overnight delivery service to it at its
address shown on the register kept by the Primary Registrar. 
 Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it
shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication to a Noteholder is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 
Section 11.3. Communications by Holders with Other Holders. 
 Noteholders may communicate pursuant to
TIA Section 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other person shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). 
 
Section 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 (a) Upon any request or application
by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee: 
 (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent (including any covenants, compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to
the proposed action have been complied with; and 
  

 66 

 (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent
(including any covenants, compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) have been complied with. 
 (b) Each Officers’
Certificate and Opinion of Counsel with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (i) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (ii) a brief statement as
to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or
condition has been complied with; and 
 (iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has
been complied with; 
 provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate
or certificates of public officials. 
 
Section 11.5. Record Date for Vote or Consent of Noteholders. 
 The Company (or, in the event deposits
have been made pursuant to Section 9.1, the Trustee) may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture, which
record date shall not be more than thirty (30) days prior to the date of the commencement of solicitation of such action. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.4, if a record date is fixed, those persons who were Holders of Notes at
the close of business on such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those persons, shall be entitled to take such action by vote or consent or to revoke any vote or consent previously given, whether or not such persons continue to
be Holders after such record date. 
 
Section 11.6. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent. 
 The Trustee may make
reasonable rules (not inconsistent with the terms of this Indenture) for action by or at a meeting of Holders. Any Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent may make reasonable rules for its functions. 
 
Section 11.7. Legal Holidays. 
 A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, Sunday or a day on
which state or federally chartered banking institutions in New York, New York and the state in which the Corporate Trust Office is located are not required to be open. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next
succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 
  

 67 

 
Section 11.8. Governing Law. 
 This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. 
 
Section 11.9. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
 This Indenture may not be used to
interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 
Section 11.10. Successors. 
 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind
its successor. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor. 
 
Section 11.11. Multiple Counterparts. 
 The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture.
Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 
Section 11.12. Separability. 
 In case any provisions in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 
Section 11.13. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. 
 The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and
headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 
Section 11.14. No Recourse Against Others. 
 No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or
agreement contained in this Indenture, or in any Note, or because of any indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, as such, or against any past, present or future stockholder, officer or director, as such, of the Company
or of any successor, either directly or through the Company or any successor, under any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise, all such liability
being expressly waived and released by the acceptance of the Notes by the Holders and as part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 
  

 68 

 
Section 11.15. Calculations in Respect of Notes. 
 The Company or its agents will be responsible for
making all calculations called for under the Notes including, but not limited to, determination of the Market Price, Current Market Price and Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion and
the amounts of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes. Any calculations made in good faith and without manifest error will be final and binding on Holders of the Notes. The Company or its agents will be required to deliver to
the Trustee a schedule of its calculations and the Trustee will be entitled to conclusively rely upon the accuracy of such calculations without independent verification. The Trustee has no duty to determine when such calculations should be made, how
they should be made or what the calculations should be and shall not suffer any liability as a result thereof. 
 [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

  

 69 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above
written. 
  

			
	THE TRIZETTO GROUP, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ James C. Malone
	 Name:
	 	 James C. Malone

	 Title:
	 	 Executive Vice President and
 Chief Financial
Officer

  

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	/s/ Maddy Hall
	 Name:
	 	 Maddy Hall

	 Title:
	 	 Assistant Vice President

  

 70 

 EXHIBIT A 
 [FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 
 [UNLESS THIS
CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN
SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE
HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED
IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE
DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.]1 
 [THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR)
WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION THEREOF MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD
OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF
THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.]2 
 [THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS NOTE AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION THEREOF
MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION

  

	 1
	 These paragraphs should be included only if the Note is a Global Note. 

  

	 2
	 These paragraphs to be included only if the Note is a Transfer Restricted Note.

  

 A-1 

 MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED
STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (IV) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO,
NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.]3 
 [THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE IS ENTITLED TO THE BENEFITS OF A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (AS SUCH
TERM IS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF) AND, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY AND TO COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT.]4 
  

	 3
	 These paragraphs to be included only if the Note is a Transfer Restricted Note.

  

	 4
	 These paragraphs to be included only if the Note is a Transfer Restricted Note.

  

 A-2 

 THE TRIZETTO GROUP, INC. 
 CUSIP No.: 896882 AC 1 
 ISIN: US 896882AC 18 
 1.125% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012 
 The TriZetto Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company,” which term shall include any successor entity under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of ($ ) on April 15, 2012, or such
greater or lesser amount as is indicated on the Schedule of Exchanges of Notes on the other side of this Note to reflect exchanges, purchases and conversions. 
 Interest Payment Dates: April 15th and October 15th, commencing October 15, 2007 
 Record Dates:
April 1st and October 1st 
 This Note is convertible as specified on the other side of this Note. Additional
provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 
 [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] 
  

 A-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
  

			
	THE TRIZETTO GROUP, INC.
		
	 By:
	 	  
	 Name:

	 Title:

  

	
	 Attest:
  

	

	Name:
	Dated:

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 
 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
 ASSOCIATION, as
Trustee
  

	
 Authorized Signatory

  

 A-4 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 
 THE TRIZETTO GROUP, INC. 
 1.125% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

 1. INTEREST 
 The Company
promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 1.125% per annum. The Company shall pay interest semiannually on April 15 and October 15 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”),
commencing on October 15, 2007. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from April 17, 2007; provided, however, that if there is not an
existing default in the payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 Interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on Notes converted after
the close of business on a Regular Record Date but prior to the opening of business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date will be paid to the Holder of the Notes on the April 1 or October 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case
may be, next preceding the corresponding Interest Payment Date (a “Regular Record Date”) but, upon conversion, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the Holder must pay the Company the interest (including Additional
Interest, if any) which has accrued and will be paid on such Interest Payment Date. 
 Any reference herein to interest accrued or payable as
of any date shall include any Additional Interest accrued or payable on such date as provided in Paragraph 2 hereof. 
 2. REGISTRATION
RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 The holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2007,
among the Company and the Initial Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement the Company has agreed for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, that (i) it will, at its
cost, within 120 days after the closing of the sale of the Notes (the “Closing”), file a shelf registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
“Commission”) with respect to resales of the Notes and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof, (ii) it will use its best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective within 180 days
after the Closing, and (iii) it will use its best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions specified in the Registration Rights Agreement until the earliest
of the dates specified in the Registration Rights Agreement. As set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will be permitted to suspend use of the prospectus that is part of the Shelf Registration Statement during certain periods of
time and in certain circumstances relating to pending corporate developments and public filings with the SEC and similar events. If (a) the Company fails to file the Shelf Registration Statement required by the Registration Rights Agreement on
or before the date specified above for such filing, (b) such Shelf Registration Statement is not 
  

 A-5 

 
declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified above for such effectiveness, (c) the Company fails to supplement or amend the
Shelf Registration Statement or file a new Shelf Registration Statement when required pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, (d) the Company fails to name a selling security holder in the Shelf Registration Statement that is entitled to
be so named pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, or (e) the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or useable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Notes (as defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement) during the periods specified in the Registration Rights Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (c) above a “Registration Default”), then the Company will pay Additional
Interest to those Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes who, solely as a result of such Registration Default, are unable to use such Registration Statement to effect sales of Transfer Restricted Notes, with respect to the first 90-day period
immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default in an amount equal to an increase in the annual interest rate on the Notes of 0.25% (“Additional Interest”) and thereafter at 0.50% per annum. All accrued
Additional Interest shall be paid by the Company on each date on which regular interest is payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds or by federal funds check to the holders of Global Notes and to holders of certificated Notes
registered as such as of the preceding Regular Record Date by the means specified in the Indenture. Following the cure of any Registration Defaults, the application of Additional Interest will cease in respect of all Holders of Transfer Restricted
Notes who, solely as a result of such Registration Default, were unable to use such Registration Statement to effect sales of Transfer Restricted Notes.5 
 3. METHOD OF PAYMENT 
 Except as provided herein, the Company shall pay interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on this Note (except defaulted interest) to the person
who is the Holder of this Note at the close of business on the Regular Record Date, next preceding the related Interest Payment Date. The Holder must surrender this Note to a Paying Agent to collect payment of principal. The Company will pay
principal and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Company may, however, pay principal and interest (including
Additional Interest, if any) in respect of any Certificated Note by check or wire payable in such money; provided, however, that a Holder with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $5,000,000 will be paid by wire transfer in
immediately available funds at the election of such Holder if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company at least 10 Business Days prior to the payment date. 
 4. PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR, BID SOLICITATION AGENT AND CONVERSION AGENT 
 Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Trustee,” which term shall include any successor trustee under the Indenture hereinafter referred to) will act as Paying Agent, Registrar, Bid
Solicitation Agent and Conversion Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar, Bid Solicitation Agent or Conversion Agent without notice to the 

	 5
	 These paragraphs to be included only if the Note is a Transfer Restricted Note.

  

 A-6 

 
Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

5. INDENTURE, LIMITATIONS 
 This Note is
one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company designated as its 1.125% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012 (the “Notes”), issued under an Indenture dated as of April 17, 2007 (together with any supplemental indentures
thereto, the “Indenture”), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of this Note include those stated in the Indenture and those required by or made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended, as in effect on the date of the Indenture. This Note is subject to all such terms, and the Holder of this Note is referred to the Indenture and said Act for a statement of them. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of
Notes that may be issued. The Indenture does not limit other debt of the Company, secured or unsecured. 
 6. PURCHASE OF NOTES UPON A
FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE 
 Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to repurchase, at the option
of the Holder, all or any portion of the Notes held by such Holder upon a Fundamental Change in integral multiples of $1,000 at the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. To exercise such right, a Holder shall deliver to the Paying Agent a Fundamental
Change Repurchase Notice containing the information set forth in the Indenture, at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, and shall deliver the Notes to the
Paying Agent as set forth in the Indenture. The Fundamental Change Repurchase Price must be paid in Cash. 
 Holders have the right to
withdraw any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. 
 If Cash sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, as the case may be, of all Notes or portions thereof to be repurchased with respect to a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, as the case may be, has
been deposited with the Paying Agent, at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, then, on and after the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, such Notes will cease to be outstanding and interest (including Additional
Interest, if any) on such Notes will cease to accrue and the Holder thereof shall have no other rights as such other than the right to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price upon surrender of such Note. 
 7. CONVERSION 
 Subject to and in compliance
with the provisions of the Indenture (including, without limitation, the conditions to conversion of this Note set forth in Section 4.1 and Section 4.2 thereof), a Holder is entitled, at such Holder’s option, to convert the
Holder’s Note (or any portion of the principal amount thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple $1,000), into shares of Common Stock or, at the Company’s election, into Cash or a combination of shares of Common Stock and Cash, at the
Conversion Rate in effect on the date of conversion in accordance with Article 4 of the Indenture. 
  

 A-7 

 The Company will notify Holders of any event triggering the right to convert the Notes as specified above
in accordance with the Indenture. 
 A Note in respect of which a Holder has delivered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, exercising the
right of such Holder to require the Company to repurchase such Note may be converted only if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
 The initial Conversion Rate is 45.5114 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment in certain events as described in the
Indenture. 
 To surrender a Note for conversion, a Holder must, in the case of Global Notes, comply with the Applicable Procedures of the
Depositary in effect at that time, and in the case of Certificated Notes, (1) surrender the Note to the Conversion Agent, (2) complete and manually sign the conversion notice below (or complete and manually sign a facsimile of such notice)
and deliver such notice to the Conversion Agent, and (3) furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents. Regarding conversions of both Global Notes and Certificated Notes, a Holder must pay all funds required, if any, relating to
interest (including Additional Interest, if any) and any withholding, transfer or similar tax, if required. 
 No fractional share of Common
Stock shall be issued upon conversion of any Note. Instead, the Company shall pay a Cash adjustment as provided in the Indenture. 
 No
payment or adjustment will be made for accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) or dividends on the shares of Common Stock, except as provided in the Indenture. 
 The Conversion Rate is subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 4.3 and 4.13 of the Indenture. As further provided in Section 4.4 of the
Indenture and subject to Section 4.13 of the Indenture, if the Company (i) is a party to a consolidation, merger, statutory share exchange or combination of the Company with another corporation and as a result of which all the holders of
the outstanding Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or other property or assets (including Cash or a combination thereof) with respect to or in exchange for all of their Common Stock, (ii) reclassifies or changes the
shares of Common Stock into another class of Capital Stock or (iii) sells, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of its properties and assets as, or substantially as, an entirety to any person, the right to convert a Note into shares
of Common Stock, Cash or a combination of shares of Common Stock and Cash shall be changed as provided in said Section 4.4. 
 8.
DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE 
 The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000. A Holder may register the transfer of or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes or other
governmental charges that may be imposed in relation thereto by law or permitted by the Indenture. 
  

 A-8 

 9. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS 
 The Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
 10. UNCLAIMED MONEY 

If money for the payment of principal or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent
will pay the money back to the Company at its written request, subject to applicable unclaimed property law. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law
designates another person. 
 11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and an existing default or Event of Default and its consequence or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived in a particular instance with the consent of the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without the consent of or notice to any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any
ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect. 
 12. SUCCESSOR ENTITY 
 When a successor entity assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the predecessor entity (except in certain circumstances specified in the Indenture) shall be released from those obligations. 
 13. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 Under the
Indenture, an Event of Default includes: (i) default for 30 days in payment of any interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on any Notes; (ii) default in payment of any principal on the Notes when due; (iii) failure by the
Company to satisfy its Conversion Obligation following the exercise by the Holder of the right to convert all or a portion of this Note into shares of Common Stock, Cash or a combination of shares of Common Stock and Cash; (iv) default in the
payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price when due; (v) failure by the Company for 30 days after notice to it to comply with any of its other agreements contained in the Indenture or the Notes; (vi) default on the payment or
acceleration of the maturity of certain indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary under the circumstances set forth in the Indenture; (vii) failure to deliver a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or a notice relating to a Make-Whole
Fundamental Change; and (viii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary. If an Event of Default (other than as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization
of the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare all unpaid principal to the date of 
  

 A-9 

 acceleration on the Notes then outstanding to be due and payable immediately, all as and to the extent
provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, unpaid principal of the Notes then outstanding shall become due and payable immediately without any
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, all as and to the extent provided in the Indenture. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity
satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The
Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing default (except a default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests. The Company is required to file periodic reports with the
Trustee as to the absence of default. 
 14. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from
and perform services for the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, as if it were not the Trustee. 
 15. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS 
 A director,
officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture nor for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.
The Holder of this Note by accepting this Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of this Note. 
 16. AUTHENTICATION 
 This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or an authenticating agent manually
signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
 17. ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS 
 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of the Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and UGMA (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 All terms defined in the Indenture and used in this Note but not specifically defined herein are defined in the Indenture and are used herein as so defined. 
 18. INDENTURE TO CONTROL; GOVERNING LAW 
 In
the case of any conflict between the provisions of this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to
principals of conflicts of law. 
  

 A-10 

 The Company will furnish to any Holder, upon written request and without charge, a copy of the Indenture.
Requests may be made to: The TriZetto Group, Inc., 567 Nicolas Drive, Suite 360, Newport Beach, CA 92661, Attention: Chief Financial Officer. 
  

 A-11 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to 

	
	  
	 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

	  
	  
	  
	  
	 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
 and irrevocably appoint

	  
	 agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

  

									
	 Date:
	 		 	Your Signature:
				
		 		 		 	  
		 		 		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the
 other side of this Note)

 * Signature guaranteed by: 
  

			
	 By:
	 	  
		 	

  

	*	The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion
Program (STAMP); (ii) the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee. 

  

 A-12 

 CONVERSION NOTICE 
 To convert this Note, check the box: 
 To convert only part of this Note, state the principal amount to be
converted (must be $1,000 or a integral multiple of $1,000): $            . 
 If you want the Cash paid to another person or the stock certificate, if any, made out in another person’s name, fill in the form below: 

	
	  
	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	  
	  
	  
	  
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

  

									
	 Date:
	 		 	Your Signature:
				
		 		 		 	  
		 		 		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the
 other side of this Note)

 * Signature guaranteed by: 
  

			
	 By:
	 	  
		 	

  

	*	The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion
Program (STAMP); (ii) the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee. 

  

 A-13 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES1 
 The following exchanges, repurchases
or conversions of a part of this Global Note have been made: 
  

					
	 Principal Amount
of this Global
Note
Following Such
Decrease Date
of Exchange (or Increase)
	  	 Authorized
Signatory of
Notes
Custodian
	  	 Amount of Decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note

  

	 6
	 This schedule should be included only if the Note is a Global Note. 

  

 A-14 

 EXHIBIT B 
 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION 
 OF TRANSFER OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES7 
 Re: 1.125% Convertible Senior Notes due 2012 (the “Notes”) of The TriZetto Group, Inc. 
 This certificate relates to $             principal amount of Notes owned in (check
applicable box) 
  ̈ book-entry or
 ̈ definitive form by             (the “Transferor”).

 The Transferor has requested a Registrar or the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of such Notes. 
 In connection with such request and in respect of each such Note, the Transferor does hereby certify that the Transferor is familiar with transfer
restrictions relating to the Notes as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture dated as of April 13, 2007 between The TriZetto Group, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Indenture”), and the
transfer of such Note is being made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (check applicable box) or the transfer or exchange, as the case may be, of such
Note does not require registration under the Securities Act because (check applicable box): 
  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being acquired for the Transferor’s own account, without transfer. 

  

	 	 ̈	Such Note is being transferred to the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company. 

  

	 	 ̈Such	Note is being transferred to a person the Transferor reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A or any successor provision thereto
(“Rule 144A”) under the Securities Act) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a “qualified institutional buyer,” in each case to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance
on such Rule 144A, and in each case in reliance on Rule 144A. 

  

	 	 ̈Such	Note is being transferred pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor
thereto) (“Rule 144”) under the Securities Act. 

	 7
	 This certificate should only be included if this Note is a Transfer Restricted Note.

  

 B-1 

 Such Note is being transferred pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act (other than an exemption referred to above) and as a result of which such Note will, upon such transfer, cease to be a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 The Transferor acknowledges and agrees that, if the transferee will hold any such Notes in the form of beneficial interests in a global
Note which is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, then such transfer can only be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and such transferee must be a “qualified institutional
buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A). 
 Date: 
 (Insert Name of Transferor) 
  

 B-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00121-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00121-of-00352.parquet"}]]